WO2015147113A1 - Coloring composition, ink for inkjet recording, inkjet recording method, inkjet printer cartridge, and inkjet-recorded matter - Google Patents

Coloring composition, ink for inkjet recording, inkjet recording method, inkjet printer cartridge, and inkjet-recorded matter Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2015147113A1
WO2015147113A1 PCT/JP2015/059266 JP2015059266W WO2015147113A1 WO 2015147113 A1 WO2015147113 A1 WO 2015147113A1 JP 2015059266 W JP2015059266 W JP 2015059266W WO 2015147113 A1 WO2015147113 A1 WO 2015147113A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
general formula
substituent
unsubstituted
heterocyclic
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2015/059266
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
和史 古川
祐太朗 法月
立石 桂一
Original Assignee
富士フイルム株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 富士フイルム株式会社 filed Critical 富士フイルム株式会社
Priority to JP2016510454A priority Critical patent/JP6182663B2/en
Publication of WO2015147113A1 publication Critical patent/WO2015147113A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09DCOATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
    • C09D11/00Inks
    • C09D11/30Inkjet printing inks
    • C09D11/32Inkjet printing inks characterised by colouring agents
    • C09D11/328Inkjet printing inks characterised by colouring agents characterised by dyes
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B31/00Disazo and polyazo dyes of the type A->B->C, A->B->C->D, or the like, prepared by diazotising and coupling
    • C09B31/02Disazo dyes
    • C09B31/12Disazo dyes from other coupling components "C"
    • C09B31/14Heterocyclic components
    • C09B31/153Heterocyclic components containing a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero-atom
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B47/00Porphines; Azaporphines
    • C09B47/04Phthalocyanines abbreviation: Pc
    • C09B47/06Preparation from carboxylic acids or derivatives thereof, e.g. anhydrides, amides, mononitriles, phthalimide, o-cyanobenzamide
    • C09B47/065Preparation from carboxylic acids or derivatives thereof, e.g. anhydrides, amides, mononitriles, phthalimide, o-cyanobenzamide having -COOH or -SO3H radicals or derivatives thereof, directly linked to the skeleton
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B47/00Porphines; Azaporphines
    • C09B47/04Phthalocyanines abbreviation: Pc
    • C09B47/06Preparation from carboxylic acids or derivatives thereof, e.g. anhydrides, amides, mononitriles, phthalimide, o-cyanobenzamide
    • C09B47/067Preparation from carboxylic acids or derivatives thereof, e.g. anhydrides, amides, mononitriles, phthalimide, o-cyanobenzamide from phthalodinitriles naphthalenedinitriles, aromatic dinitriles prepared in situ, hydrogenated phthalodinitrile
    • C09B47/0678Preparation from carboxylic acids or derivatives thereof, e.g. anhydrides, amides, mononitriles, phthalimide, o-cyanobenzamide from phthalodinitriles naphthalenedinitriles, aromatic dinitriles prepared in situ, hydrogenated phthalodinitrile having-COOH or -SO3H radicals or derivatives thereof directly linked to the skeleton
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B47/00Porphines; Azaporphines
    • C09B47/04Phthalocyanines abbreviation: Pc
    • C09B47/08Preparation from other phthalocyanine compounds, e.g. cobaltphthalocyanineamine complex
    • C09B47/24Obtaining compounds having —COOH or —SO3H radicals, or derivatives thereof, directly bound to the phthalocyanine radical

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a colored composition, an ink for ink jet recording, an ink jet recording method, an ink jet printer cartridge, and an ink jet recorded matter.
  • the ink jet recording method is rapidly spreading and further developing because of its low material cost, high speed recording, low noise during recording, and easy color recording.
  • Inkjet recording methods include a continuous method in which droplets are continuously ejected and an on-demand method in which droplets are ejected in accordance with image information signals.
  • There are a method for ejecting droplets a method for generating bubbles in ink by discharging heat, a method for discharging droplets, a method using ultrasonic waves, and a method for attracting and discharging droplets by electrostatic force.
  • As the ink for ink jet recording water-based ink, oil-based ink, or solid (melted type) ink is used.
  • Patent Documents 1 and 2 disclose a coloring composition having a disazo dye and a phthalocyanine dye, and describe that an image having excellent fastness can be provided.
  • Patent Documents 1 and 2 exhibit excellent performance as described above, but there is room for further performance improvement regarding the suppression of bronze gloss generation.
  • bronze gloss occurs, the color balance of the entire image becomes non-uniform and the image quality deteriorates, making it difficult to obtain a good image.
  • a coloring composition it is calculated
  • the coloring composition of the present invention contains a compound represented by the general formula (Q) (disazo dye) and a compound represented by the general formula (1) (phthalocyanine dye) at a specific mass ratio. .
  • Q general formula
  • phthalocyanine dye a compound represented by the general formula (1)
  • A represents an aryl group or a heterocyclic group.
  • G represents a nitrogen atom or —CZ ⁇ .
  • Z represents an electron withdrawing group having a Hammett's substituent constant ⁇ p value of 0.20 or more.
  • R 101 , R 102 and R 107 are each independently a hydrogen atom, halogen atom, alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, aryl group, heterocyclic group, cyano group, carboxyl group, carbamoyl group, alkoxycarbonyl group, aryloxycarbonyl Group, heterocyclic oxycarbonyl group, acyl group, hydroxy group, alkoxy group, aryloxy group, heterocyclic oxy group, silyloxy group, acyloxy group, carbamoyloxy group, alkoxycarbonyloxy group, aryloxycarbonyloxy group, amino group, Acylamino group, ureido group, sulfamoylamino group, alkoxycarbonylamino group, aryloxycarbonylamino group, alkylsulfonylamino group, arylsulfonylamino group, heterocyclic sulfonylamino group,
  • R 103 to R 106 are each independently a hydrogen atom, alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, aryl group, heterocyclic group, acyl group, alkoxycarbonyl group, aryloxycarbonyl group, carbamoyl group, alkylsulfonyl group, arylsulfonyl group Or a sulfamoyl group.
  • R 103 and R 104 are not both hydrogen atoms.
  • any of A and R 101 to R 107 may have a substituent.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (Q) has at least one ionic hydrophilic group in the molecule.
  • R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , R 14 and R 15 are each independently a hydrogen atom, halogen atom, alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, alkenyl group, aralkyl group, aryl group, hetero group Ring group, cyano group, hydroxyl group, nitro group, amino group, alkylamino group, alkoxy group, aryloxy group, amide group, arylamino group, ureido group, sulfamoylamino group, alkylthio group, arylthio group, alkoxycarbonyl Amino group, sulfonamide group, carbamoyl group, sulfamoyl group, alkoxycarbonyl group, heterocyclic oxy group, azo group, acyloxy group, carbamoyloxy group, silyloxy group, aryloxycarbonyl group, aryloxycarbonyla
  • Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 and Z 4 are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group, a substituted Alternatively, it represents an unsubstituted aryl group or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group.
  • at least one of Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 , and Z 4 has an ionic hydrophilic group as a substituent.
  • R 111 , R 112 , R 113 and R 114 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 and X 5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • M represents a hydrogen atom or a counter cation each independently.
  • G represents a nitrogen atom or —CZ ⁇ . When G represents —CZ ⁇ , Z represents an electron withdrawing group having a Hammett's substituent constant ⁇ p value of 0.20 or more.
  • R 203 represents a substituent.
  • X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 and X 5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • M represents a hydrogen atom or a counter cation each independently.
  • G represents a nitrogen atom or —CZ ⁇ .
  • Z represents an electron withdrawing group having a Hammett's substituent constant ⁇ p value of 0.20 or more.
  • L represents an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms
  • M 3 represents a hydrogen atom or a counter cation
  • R 20 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. * Represents a binding site.
  • [5] The colored composition according to any one of [1] to [4], wherein the general formula (1) is at least one of a compound represented by the following (1A) and a compound represented by (1B).
  • an inkjet recording ink containing the coloring composition an inkjet recording method using the inkjet recording ink, an ink cartridge, and an inkjet recorded product can be provided.
  • halogen atom examples include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom.
  • alkyl group examples include linear, branched, and cyclic substituted or unsubstituted alkyl groups, and include cycloalkyl groups, bicycloalkyl groups, and tricyclo structures having many ring structures.
  • An alkyl group (for example, an alkyl group of an alkoxy group or an alkylthio group) in a substituent described below also represents such an alkyl group.
  • an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an i-propyl group, a t-butyl group, an n-octyl group, an eicosyl group, 2- Examples thereof include a chloroethyl group, a 2-cyanoethyl group, a 2-ethylhexyl group, etc.
  • the cycloalkyl group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a cyclohexyl group, a cyclopentyl group, 4 -N-dodecylcyclohexyl group and the like
  • the bicycloalkyl group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted bicycloalkyl group having 5 to 30 carbon atoms, that is, one hydrogen atom from a bicycloalkane having 5 to 30 carbon atoms.
  • Monovalent groups removed such as bicyclo [1,2,2] heptan-2-yl group, bicyclo [2,2 2] octan-3-yl group.
  • aralkyl group examples include a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group, and the substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group is preferably an aralkyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms. Examples thereof include a benzyl group and a 2-phenethyl group.
  • alkenyl group examples include linear, branched, and cyclic substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl groups, and include cycloalkenyl groups and bicycloalkenyl groups.
  • Preferred examples of the alkenyl group include substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl groups having 2 to 30 carbon atoms such as vinyl group, allyl group, prenyl group, geranyl group, and oleyl group.
  • cycloalkenyl group examples include Is a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms, that is, a monovalent group obtained by removing one hydrogen atom of a cycloalkene having 3 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a 2-cyclopenten-1-yl group, 2-cyclohexen-1-yl group and the like.
  • bicycloalkenyl group a substituted or unsubstituted bicycloalkenyl group, preferably a substituted or unsubstituted bicycloalkenyl group having 5 to 30 carbon atoms, that is, a double bond
  • the alkynyl group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, such as an ethynyl group, a propargyl group, a trimethylsilylethynyl group, and the like.
  • the aryl group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a phenyl group, a p-tolyl group, a naphthyl group, an m-chlorophenyl group, an o-hexadecanoylaminophenyl group, and the like. Can be mentioned.
  • the heterocyclic group is preferably a monovalent group obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from a 5- or 6-membered substituted or unsubstituted aromatic or non-aromatic heterocyclic compound, and more preferably a carbon number.
  • Examples thereof include 3 to 30 5- or 6-membered aromatic heterocyclic groups such as a 2-furyl group, a 2-thienyl group, a 2-pyrimidinyl group, and a 2-benzothiazolyl group.
  • non-aromatic heterocyclic groups include morpholinyl groups.
  • the alkoxy group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, an isopropoxy group, a t-butoxy group, an n-octyloxy group, or a 2-methoxyethoxy group. Etc.
  • the aryloxy group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryloxy group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a phenoxy group, 2-methylphenoxy group, 4-t-butylphenoxy group, 3-nitrophenoxy group, 2 -Tetradecanoylaminophenoxy group and the like.
  • silyloxy group examples include substituted or unsubstituted silyloxy groups having 0 to 20 carbon atoms, such as trimethylsilyloxy group and diphenylmethylsilyloxy group.
  • the heterocyclic oxy group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic oxy group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a 1-phenyltetrazol-5-oxy group and a 2-tetrahydropyranyloxy group.
  • the acyloxy group is preferably a formyloxy group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkylcarbonyloxy group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted arylcarbonyloxy group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, such as an acetyloxy group, Examples include pivaloyloxy group, stearoyloxy group, benzoyloxy group, p-methoxyphenylcarbonyloxy group and the like.
  • the carbamoyloxy group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted carbamoyloxy group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, such as N, N-dimethylcarbamoyloxy group, N, N-diethylcarbamoyloxy group, morpholinocarbonyloxy group, N , N-di-n-octylaminocarbonyloxy group, Nn-octylcarbamoyloxy group and the like.
  • the alkoxycarbonyloxy group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyloxy group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a methoxycarbonyloxy group, an ethoxycarbonyloxy group, a t-butoxycarbonyloxy group, or an n-octylcarbonyloxy group. Etc.
  • aryloxycarbonyloxy group a substituted or unsubstituted aryloxycarbonyloxy group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms such as phenoxycarbonyloxy group, p-methoxyphenoxycarbonyloxy group, pn-hexadecyloxy is preferable. Examples include phenoxycarbonyloxy group.
  • the amino group includes an alkylamino group, an arylamino group, and a heterocyclic amino group, preferably an amino group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkylamino group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms.
  • the substituted anilino group include a methylamino group, a dimethylamino group, an anilino group, an N-methyl-anilino group, a diphenylamino group, and a triazinylamino group.
  • the acylamino group is preferably a formylamino group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkylcarbonylamino group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted arylcarbonylamino group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, such as an acetylamino group, Examples include pivaloylamino group, lauroylamino group, benzoylamino group, 3,4,5-tri-n-octyloxyphenylcarbonylamino group, and the like.
  • the aminocarbonylamino group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aminocarbonylamino group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a carbamoylamino group, N, N-dimethylaminocarbonylamino group, N, N-diethylaminocarbonylamino group. And a morpholinocarbonylamino group.
  • the alkoxycarbonylamino group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonylamino group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a methoxycarbonylamino group, an ethoxycarbonylamino group, a t-butoxycarbonylamino group, or an n-octadecyloxycarbonylamino group. Group, N-methyl-methoxycarbonylamino group and the like.
  • the aryloxycarbonylamino group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryloxycarbonylamino group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms, such as phenoxycarbonylamino group, p-chlorophenoxycarbonylamino group, mn-octyloxyphenoxy. Examples thereof include a carbonylamino group.
  • the sulfamoylamino group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted sulfamoylamino group having 0 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a sulfamoylamino group, N, N-dimethylaminosulfonylamino group, Nn- Examples include octylaminosulfonylamino group.
  • the alkyl or arylsulfonylamino group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkylsulfonylamino group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted arylsulfonylamino group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a methylsulfonylamino group.
  • the alkylthio group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkylthio group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a methylthio group, an ethylthio group, and an n-hexadecylthio group.
  • the arylthio group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted arylthio group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a phenylthio group, a p-chlorophenylthio group, and an m-methoxyphenylthio group.
  • heterocyclic thio group examples include substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic thio groups having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, such as 2-benzothiazolylthio group and 1-phenyltetrazol-5-ylthio group.
  • the sulfamoyl group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted sulfamoyl group having 0 to 30 carbon atoms, such as N-ethylsulfamoyl group, N- (3-dodecyloxypropyl) sulfamoyl group, N, N-dimethylsulfuryl group.
  • Examples include a famoyl group, an N-acetylsulfamoyl group, an N-benzoylsulfamoyl group, and an N- (N′-phenylcarbamoyl) sulfamoyl group.
  • the alkyl or arylsulfinyl group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkylsulfinyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted arylsulfinyl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a methylsulfinyl group or an ethylsulfinyl group. , Phenylsulfinyl group, p-methylphenylsulfinyl group and the like.
  • the alkyl or arylsulfonyl group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkylsulfonyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted arylsulfonyl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a methylsulfonyl group or an ethylsulfonyl group. , Phenylsulfonyl group, p-methylphenylsulfonyl group and the like.
  • the acyl group is preferably a formyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkylcarbonyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted arylcarbonyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms.
  • Heterocyclic carbonyl groups bonded to carbonyl groups at substituted carbon atoms eg, acetyl, pivaloyl, 2-chloroacetyl, stearoyl, benzoyl, pn-octyloxyphenylcarbonyl, 2-pyridyl
  • Examples thereof include a carbonyl group and a 2-furylcarbonyl group.
  • the aryloxycarbonyl group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryloxycarbonyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a phenoxycarbonyl group, an o-chlorophenoxycarbonyl group, an m-nitrophenoxycarbonyl group, pt- A butylphenoxycarbonyl group etc. are mentioned.
  • the alkoxycarbonyl group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a methoxycarbonyl group, an ethoxycarbonyl group, a t-butoxycarbonyl group, and an n-octadecyloxycarbonyl group.
  • the carbamoyl group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted carbamoyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a carbamoyl group, an N-methylcarbamoyl group, an N, N-dimethylcarbamoyl group, or an N, N-di-n-octyl group.
  • a carbamoyl group, an N- (methylsulfonyl) carbamoyl group, and the like can be given.
  • the aryl or heterocyclic azo group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted arylazo group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic azo group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a phenylazo group, p-chlorophenylazo Group, 5-ethylthio-1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-ylazo group and the like.
  • Preferred examples of the imide group include an N-succinimide group and an N-phthalimide group.
  • the phosphino group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted phosphino group having 0 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a dimethylphosphino group, a diphenylphosphino group, a methylphenoxyphosphino group, and the like.
  • the phosphinyl group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted phosphinyl group having 0 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a phosphinyl group, a dioctyloxyphosphinyl group, a diethoxyphosphinyl group, and the like.
  • the phosphinyloxy group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted phosphinyloxy group having 0 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a diphenoxyphosphinyloxy group and a dioctyloxyphosphinyloxy group.
  • the phosphinylamino group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted phosphinylamino group having 0 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a dimethoxyphosphinylamino group or a dimethylaminophosphinylamino group.
  • silyl group examples include substituted or unsubstituted silyl groups having 0 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a trimethylsilyl group, a t-butyldimethylsilyl group, and a phenyldimethylsilyl group.
  • Examples of the ionic hydrophilic group include a sulfo group, a carboxyl group, a thiocarboxyl group, a sulfino group, a phosphono group, a dihydroxyphosphino group, and a quaternary ammonium group. Particularly preferred are a sulfo group and a carboxyl group.
  • the carboxyl group, phosphono group and sulfo group may be in the form of a salt.
  • Examples of counter cations that form a salt include ammonium ion, alkali metal ion (eg, lithium ion, sodium ion, potassium ion) and organic.
  • Cations eg, tetramethylammonium ion, tetramethylguanidinium ion, tetramethylphosphonium
  • lithium salt, sodium salt, potassium salt, and ammonium salt are preferable, and lithium salt, sodium salt, or lithium salt is a main component.
  • the mixed salt is more preferable, and a lithium salt or a mixed salt containing a lithium salt as a main component is most preferable.
  • (Substituent group B) Straight or branched alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, straight or branched aralkyl group having 7 to 18 carbon atoms, straight or branched alkenyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, straight chain having 2 to 12 carbon atoms Or a branched alkynyl group, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms, a cycloalkenyl group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms (for example, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, i-propyl, n-butyl, i-butyl, sec-butyl) , T-butyl, 2-ethylhexyl, 2-methylsulfonylethyl, 3-phenoxypropyl, trifluoromethyl, cyclopentyl), halogen atom (eg, chlorine atom, bromine atom), aryl group (eg, phenyl, 4-
  • Halogen atom for example, chlorine atom, bromine atom
  • Specific examples of the above group include, for example, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, t-butyl, 2-methanesulfonylethyl, 3-phenoxypropyl, trifluoromethyl, cyclopentyl
  • aryl group for example, phenyl, 4-t- Butylphenyl, 2,4-di-t-amylphenyl
  • heterophenyl for example, phen
  • A represents an aryl group or a heterocyclic group.
  • G represents a nitrogen atom or —CZ ⁇ .
  • Z represents an electron withdrawing group having a Hammett's substituent constant ⁇ p value of 0.20 or more.
  • R 101 , R 102 and R 107 are each independently a hydrogen atom, halogen atom, alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, aryl group, heterocyclic group, cyano group, carboxyl group, carbamoyl group, alkoxycarbonyl group, aryloxycarbonyl Group, heterocyclic oxycarbonyl group, acyl group, hydroxy group, alkoxy group, aryloxy group, heterocyclic oxy group, silyloxy group, acyloxy group, carbamoyloxy group, alkoxycarbonyloxy group, aryloxycarbonyloxy group, amino group, Acylamino group, ureido group, sulfamoylamino group, alkoxycarbonylamino group, aryloxycarbonylamino group, alkylsulfonylamino group, arylsulfonylamino group, heterocyclic sulfonylamino group,
  • R 103 to R 106 are each independently a hydrogen atom, alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, aryl group, heterocyclic group, acyl group, alkoxycarbonyl group, aryloxycarbonyl group, carbamoyl group, alkylsulfonyl group, arylsulfonyl group Or a sulfamoyl group.
  • R 103 and R 104 are not both hydrogen atoms.
  • any of A and R 101 to R 107 may have a substituent.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (Q) has at least one ionic hydrophilic group in the molecule.
  • Z represents an electron withdrawing group having a Hammett's substituent constant ⁇ p value of 0.20 or more.
  • Z acyl group, acyloxy group, carbamoyl group, alkyloxycarbonyl group, aryloxycarbonyl group, cyano group, nitro group, dialkylphosphono group, diarylphosphono group, diarylphosphinyl group, alkylsulfinyl group, aryl Sulfinyl group, alkylsulfonyl group, arylsulfonyl group, sulfonyloxy group, acylthio group, sulfamoyl group, thiocyanate group, thiocarbonyl group, halogenated alkyl group, halogenated alkoxy group, halogenated aryloxy group, halogenated alkylamino group, A halogenated alkylthio group, an halogenated alkylthio group, an organic radicals
  • Z is preferably a cyano group, a pyridyl group, a methylsulfonyl group, a phenylsulfonyl group, a methoxycarbonyl group, a carbamoyl group or a nitro group, more preferably a cyano group.
  • R 101 , R 102 and R 107 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, a cyano group, a carboxyl group or a carbamoyl group.
  • R 101 , R 102 or R 107 represents a halogen atom
  • the halogen atom is preferably a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom, more preferably a chlorine atom.
  • R 101 , R 102 or R 107 represents an alkyl group, an alkenyl group or an alkynyl group, it may be linear, branched or cyclic.
  • the alkyl group, alkenyl group or alkynyl group preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is preferable, and specifically, a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, a sec-butyl group, a t-butyl group, a cyclohexyl group. Groups are preferred.
  • alkenyl group an alkenyl group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms is preferable, an alkenyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms is more preferable, and specifically, a vinyl group or an allyl group is preferable.
  • Alkynyl is more preferably an alkynyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • R 101 , R 102 or R 107 represents an aryl group
  • the aryl group is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms, more preferably an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, and further a phenyl group or a naphthyl group. Preferred is a phenyl group.
  • the heterocyclic group is preferably an aromatic heterocyclic group, and a 5-membered or 6-membered aromatic heterocyclic ring having a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom or an oxygen atom. Groups are more preferred.
  • heterocyclic group if the substitution position is not limited, pyrrole ring, pyrazole ring, imidazole ring, triazole ring, thiophene ring, thiazole ring, isothiazole ring, thiadiazole ring, pyridine ring, pyrazine ring, pyrimidine ring, triazine A ring etc. are mentioned preferably.
  • the 5-membered or 6-membered aromatic heterocyclic group may further have a condensed ring structure, and for example, a benzothiazole ring is preferable.
  • R 101 , R 102 or R 107 represents an alkoxycarbonyl group, alkoxy group, alkoxycarbonyloxy group, alkoxycarbonylamino group, alkylsulfonylamino group, alkylthio group, alkylsulfonyl group or alkylsulfinyl group
  • the part of the alkyl group contained in each group becomes a preferable range when R 101 , R 102 or R 107 represents an alkyl group.
  • R 101 , R 102 or R 107 represents an aryloxycarbonyl group, aryloxy group, aryloxycarbonyloxy group, aryloxycarbonylamino group, arylthio group, arylsulfonylamino group, arylsulfonyl group or arylsulfinyl group
  • the preferred range of the group is that the portion of the aryl group contained in each group is a preferred range when R 101 , R 102 or R 107 represents an aryl group.
  • R 101 , R 102 or R 107 represents a heterocyclic oxycarbonyl group, a heterocyclic oxy group, a heterocyclic sulfonylamino group, a heterocyclic thio group, a heterocyclic sulfonyl group or a heterocyclic sulfinyl group Is a preferable range in the case where the above-mentioned R 101 , R 102 or R 107 represents a heterocyclic group.
  • R 101 , R 102 or R 107 represents an acyl group, an acyloxy group or an acylamino group
  • the alkyl group or aryl group part contained in each group is the above R 101 , R 102 or R
  • 107 is an alkyl group or an aryl group.
  • At least one of R 101 and R 102 is a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a carboxyl group, a carbamoyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, a heterocyclic oxycarbonyl group, or an alkylsulfonyl group. And a cyano group is more preferable.
  • R 103 to R 106 are each independently a hydrogen atom, alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, aryl group, heterocyclic group, acyl group, alkoxycarbonyl group, aryloxycarbonyl group, carbamoyl group, An alkylsulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group, or a sulfamoyl group is represented. These groups may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include a substituent selected from the above substituent group A, a halogen atom (preferably a chlorine atom), an ionic hydrophilic group, and an alkyl group.
  • R 103 to R 106 represent an alkyl group, an alkenyl group or an alkynyl group, they may be linear, branched or cyclic.
  • the alkyl group, alkenyl group or alkynyl group preferably has 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
  • alkyl group examples include alkyl groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, such as methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, isobutyl group, sec-butyl group, t-butyl group, or A 2-ethylhexyl group is preferable, a methyl group, an ethyl group, or an n-propyl group is more preferable, and an ethyl group is still more preferable.
  • alkyl groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms such as methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, isobutyl group, sec-butyl group, t-butyl group, or A 2-ethylhexyl group is preferable, a methyl group, an ethyl group, or an n-propyl group is more preferable, and an
  • alkenyl group an alkenyl group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms is preferable, an alkenyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms is more preferable, and specifically, a vinyl group or an allyl group is preferable.
  • Alkynyl is more preferably an alkynyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • R 103 to R 106 represent an aryl group, the aryl group includes an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, preferably an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, specifically, a phenyl group or a naphthyl group.
  • a phenyl group is more preferable.
  • Examples of the heterocyclic group in the case where R 103 to R 106 represent a heterocyclic group include the same as those in the case where R 102 is a heterocyclic group.
  • Examples of the acyl group when R 103 to R 106 represent an acyl group include an acyl group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, preferably an acetyl group, a propionyl group, and a butyryl group, and more preferably an acetyl group.
  • a preferred range of each group when R 103 to R 106 represent an alkoxycarbonyl group or an alkylsulfonyl group is a preferred range when the portion of the alkyl group contained in each group is the above-mentioned R 103 to R 106 is an alkyl group. It has become.
  • a preferred range of each group when R 103 to R 106 represent an aryloxycarbonyl group or an arylsulfonyl group is preferable when the portion of the aryl group contained in each group is the above R 103 to R 106 is an aryl group. It became a range.
  • R 103 to R 106 are each independently preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or an acyl group, more preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an aryl group, A hydrogen atom or an aryl group is more preferable. It is particularly preferred that one of R 103 and R 104 represents a hydrogen atom and the other represents an alkyl group or an aryl group, and one of R 105 and R 106 represents a hydrogen atom and the other represents an alkyl group or an aryl group.
  • R 103 and R 104 represents a hydrogen atom and the other represents an aryl group
  • one of R 105 and R 106 represents a hydrogen atom and the other represents an aryl group.
  • R 103 to R 106 represent an alkyl group or an aryl group
  • the ionic hydrophilic group is preferably a sulfo group or a carboxyl group, more preferably a sulfo group, and a sulfo group.
  • lithium salt —SO 3 Li
  • a sodium salt of a sulfo group —SO 3 Na
  • a potassium salt of a sulfo group —SO 3 K
  • a lithium salt of a sulfo group —SO 3 Li
  • A represents an aryl group or a heterocyclic group.
  • the aryl group when A represents an aryl group includes an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, preferably an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, and specifically, a phenyl group or a naphthyl group is preferable.
  • the heterocyclic group is preferably an aromatic heterocyclic group, more preferably a 5- or 6-membered aromatic heterocyclic group having a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom or an oxygen atom, and a nitrogen atom. Or the 5-membered or 6-membered aromatic heterocyclic group which has a sulfur atom is still more preferable.
  • heterocyclic group examples include a pyrrole ring, a pyrazole ring, an imidazole ring, a triazole ring, a thiazole ring, an isothiazole ring, a thiadiazole ring, a pyridine ring, a pyrazine ring, a pyrimidine ring, and a triazine ring.
  • the 5-membered or 6-membered aromatic heterocyclic group may further have a condensed ring structure, and for example, a benzothiazole ring is preferable.
  • A preferably represents an aryl group.
  • the aryl group or heterocyclic group represented by A may have a substituent.
  • the substituent that A may have include a substituent selected from the above-mentioned substituent group A, and an ionic hydrophilic group or an electron-withdrawing group having a Hammett's ⁇ p value of 0.3 or more is preferable.
  • a halogen atom preferably a chlorine atom
  • a cyano group a nitro group
  • —SO 3 M or —CO 2 M M represents a hydrogen atom or a counter cation
  • Examples of the counter cation include ammonium ion, alkali metal ion (for example, lithium ion, sodium ion, potassium ion) and organic cation (for example, tetramethylammonium ion, tetramethylguanidinium ion, tetramethylphosphonium).
  • M preferably represents a hydrogen atom or a counter cation, more preferably represents an alkali metal ion or an ammonium ion, further preferably represents an alkali metal ion, and particularly preferably represents a lithium ion, a potassium ion or a sodium ion. Most preferably, it represents lithium ions.
  • electron withdrawing groups having Hammett's ⁇ p value of 0.3 or more include acyl group, acyloxy group, carbamoyl group, alkyloxycarbonyl group, aryloxycarbonyl group, cyano group, nitro group, dialkylphosphono group Diarylphosphono group, diarylphosphinyl group, alkylsulfinyl group, arylsulfinyl group, alkylsulfonyl group, arylsulfonyl group, sulfonyloxy group, acylthio group, sulfamoyl group, thiocyanate group, thiocarbonyl group, halogenated alkyl group, Halogenated alkoxy group, halogenated aryloxy group, halogenated alkylamino group, halogenated alkylthio group, aryl group substituted with other electron-withdrawing group having ⁇ p value of 0.3 or more, nitro group,
  • a cyano group, a methylsulfonyl group, a phenylsulfonyl group, a methoxycarbonyl group, a carbamoyl group, and a nitro group are preferable, and a cyano group, a methylsulfonyl group, a sulfamoyl group, and a nitro group are more preferable.
  • the ⁇ p value is an electron withdrawing group in this range, the hue of the azo compound can be adjusted, light fastness and ozone gas fastness can be improved, and an effect can be obtained in that it is used as a water-soluble dye for inkjet recording black ink. Can do.
  • the upper limit of Hammett's substituent constant ⁇ p value is preferably an electron withdrawing group of 1.0 or less.
  • A Preferred examples of A are shown below, but are not limited thereto.
  • * represents a bonding position.
  • M represents a hydrogen atom or a counter cation.
  • R 107 is preferably an alkyl group or an aryl group, more preferably a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted naphthyl group.
  • R 107 is preferably a group represented by the following general formula (7-1).
  • Formula (7-1) is preferably a group represented by the following general formula (7-1).
  • R 71 represents a substituent. * Represents a bonding position.
  • R 71 in the general formula (7-1) represents a substituent.
  • substituent represented by R 71 include a substituent selected from the above substituent group B, and from the viewpoint of light fastness, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, a substituted or unsubstituted group Are preferably a heterocyclic group, or a substituted or unsubstituted amino group, more preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted amino group.
  • the alkyl group is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, still more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a methyl group, an ethyl group, or n-propyl.
  • Group, isopropyl group, t-butyl group and 2-ethylpentyl group are more preferred, methyl group, ethyl group and n-propyl group are more preferred, and methyl group and ethyl group are particularly preferred.
  • the aryl group is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably an aryl group having 6 to 8 carbon atoms, still more preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, and particularly preferably a phenyl group.
  • a thiophene ring and a pyridine ring are preferable.
  • the amino group is preferably an amino group substituted with a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, an amino group substituted with a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, and further an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms substituted with a hydroxyl group.
  • a substituted amino group and an amino group substituted with a phenyl group substituted with a hydroxyl group are more preferred.
  • the alkyl group, aryl group, heterocyclic group, or amino group has a substituent, examples of the substituent include a monovalent substituent, such as an ionic hydrophilic group, an arylamino group, an alkylamino group, and a halogen atom.
  • An ionic hydrophilic group is more preferable, and —SO 3 M or —CO 2 M (M represents a hydrogen atom or a counter cation, and specific examples and preferable ranges thereof are the same as those described above).
  • R 71 is particularly preferably an alkyl group having —CO 2 M as a substituent, or a phenyl group having —CO 2 M as a substituent at least in the ortho position. Preferred specific examples of R 71 are shown below, but are not limited thereto. In the following specific examples, * represents a bonding position. M represents a hydrogen atom or a counter cation.
  • R 107 is preferably a group represented by the following general formula (7-2).
  • Formula (7-2) is preferably a group represented by the following general formula (7-2).
  • R 72 represents a substituent. * Represents a bonding position.
  • R 72 in the general formula (7-2) has the same meaning as R 71 in the general formula (7-1), and specific examples and preferred ranges thereof are also the same.
  • R 107 is preferably a group represented by the following general formula (7-3).
  • R 73 represents a substituent. * Represents a bonding position.
  • R 73 in the general formula (7-3) represents a substituent.
  • the substituent represented by R 73 include a substituent selected from the above substituent group B, and include a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group, a substituted or An unsubstituted alkylsulfonyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted arylsulfonyl group is preferred, and from the viewpoint of light fastness, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group, or an alkyl or arylsulfonyl group is more preferred, and a substituted or unsubstituted arylsulfonyl group is preferred.
  • Heterocyclic groups are more preferred.
  • a triazine ring group is preferable.
  • the alkyl group, aryl group, heterocyclic group, alkylsulfonyl group, or arylsulfonyl group has a substituent
  • examples of the substituent include a monovalent substituent, an ionic hydrophilic group, a hydroxyl group, and an amino group.
  • An arylamino group, an alkylamino group, an alkyl group, and an alkylthio group are preferable, and these may be further substituted with a hydroxyl group or an ionic hydrophilic group.
  • the ionic hydrophilic group is preferably —SO 3 M or —CO 2 M (M represents a hydrogen atom or a counter cation, and specific examples and preferred ranges are the same as those described above). Preferred specific examples of R 73 are shown below, but are not limited thereto. In the following specific examples, * represents a bonding position. M represents a hydrogen atom or a counter cation.
  • R 107 is preferably a group represented by the following general formula (7-4).
  • R 74 represents a substituent. * Represents a bonding position.
  • R 74 in the general formula (7-4) has the same meaning as R 73 in the general formula (7-3), and specific examples and preferred ranges thereof are also the same.
  • R 107 is preferably a group represented by the following general formula (7-5).
  • General formula (7-5) is preferably a group represented by the following general formula (7-5).
  • R 75 represents a substituent. * Represents a bonding position.
  • R 75 in the general formula (7-5) represents a substituent.
  • the substituent R 75 represents, and a substituted group selected from the substituent group B, and the viewpoint of light fastness, a nitro group, a hydroxyl group, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an ionic hydrophilic group, an amino group A substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy group or an alkylthio group, preferably a nitro group, a hydroxyl group, a chlorine atom, a methyl group, an ionic hydrophilic group, an amino group, an ionic hydrophilic group, or an unsubstituted carbon number 1-3 alkoxy groups and methylthio groups are preferred.
  • the ionic hydrophilic group is preferably —SO 3 M or —CO 2 M (M represents a hydrogen atom or a counter cation, and specific examples and preferred ranges are the same as those described above).
  • Preferred examples of R 75 include a nitro group, a hydroxyl group, a chlorine atom, a methyl group, —SO 3 Na, —SO 3 Li, —SO 3 K, an amino group, a methoxy group, and a propyloxy group substituted with a sulfo group. , A methylthio group.
  • R 107 is preferably a group represented by the following general formula (7-6).
  • R 76 represents a substituent. * Represents a bonding position.
  • R 76 in the general formula (7-6) has the same meaning as R 75 in the general formula (7-5), and specific examples and preferred ranges thereof are also the same.
  • R 107 is preferably a naphthyl group.
  • R 107 is a naphthyl group, it is more preferably a 2-naphthyl group or a 3-naphthyl group, and further preferably a 2-naphthyl group. That is, R 107 is preferably represented by the following formula (7-7).
  • Formula (7-7) is preferably represented by the following formula (7-7).
  • the compound represented by the general formula (1) has at least one ionic hydrophilic group in the molecule, and preferably has three or more ionic hydrophilic groups, more preferably an ionic hydrophilic group. 3 to 6, more preferably 4 to 5 ionic hydrophilic groups.
  • the water-solubility and aqueous solution storage stability of the compound represented by the general formula (1) are improved, satisfying the required performance as a water-soluble dye for inkjet recording black ink at a high level, and further used as an inkjet recording ink. There is an effect that it is possible to further improve the image quality of the ink-jet printed material.
  • An aqueous solution and a water-soluble ink composition using the compound represented by the general formula (1) as a coloring matter (coloring agent) include a composition containing a coloring material such as a dye or a pigment and a dispersant (such as a solvent) thereof. Meaning that it can be suitably used for image formation.
  • the maximum absorption wavelength ( ⁇ max ) of an absorption spectrum measured using water as a solvent is preferably 550 nm to 700 nm, more preferably 550 nm to 650 nm, and further 570 nm to 650 nm. It is particularly preferred that
  • the compound represented by the general formula (Q) is preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (3-1).
  • R 111 , R 112 , R 113 and R 114 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 and X 5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • M represents a hydrogen atom or a counter cation each independently.
  • G represents a nitrogen atom or —CZ ⁇ . When G represents —CZ ⁇ , Z represents an electron withdrawing group having a Hammett's substituent constant ⁇ p value of 0.20 or more.
  • G in the general formula (3-1) has the same meaning as G in the general formula (Q), and specific examples and preferred ranges thereof are also the same.
  • M represents a hydrogen atom or a counter cation.
  • the counter cation include ammonium ion, alkali metal ion (eg, lithium ion, sodium ion, potassium ion) and organic cation (eg, tetramethylammonium ion, tetramethylguanidinium). Ion, tetramethylphosphonium).
  • alkali metal ion eg, lithium ion, sodium ion, potassium ion
  • organic cation eg, tetramethylammonium ion, tetramethylguanidinium
  • Ion tetramethylphosphonium
  • potassium ions and sodium ions are preferable, and sodium ions are more preferable.
  • the salt formed is preferably a lithium salt, a sodium salt, a potassium salt, or an ammonium salt, more preferably a lithium salt or a mixed salt mainly composed of a lithium salt, and most preferably a lithium salt.
  • Examples of the substituent represented by R 111 , R 112 , R 113 , and R 114 in the general formula (3-1) can include, independently of each other, substituent group B, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, It is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group, and an alkyl group substituted with an ionic hydrophilic group (an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms includes a methyl group, an ethyl group, Group, n-propyl group, i-propyl group, n-butyl group, i-butyl group, sec-butyl group, or t-butyl group is preferable, and methyl group, ethyl group, or n-propyl group is more preferable.
  • n-propyl group is more preferred) or an aryl group substituted with an ionic hydrophilic group (an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms is preferred, and a phenyl group and a naphthyl group are preferred, and a phenyl group is more preferred). It is more preferable.
  • X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 and X 5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent.
  • the substituent group A can be exemplified.
  • X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 and X 5 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an ionic hydrophilic group, a cyano group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkylsulfonyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted arylsulfonyl group, or a nitro group.
  • a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyl group a substituted or unsubstituted carbamoyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted sulfamoyl group, a hydrogen atom, an ionic hydrophilic group, a cyano group, a methanesulfonyl group, a phenylsulfonyl group , A nitro group, a methoxycarbonyl group, and a carbamoyl group, more preferably a hydrogen atom, an ionic hydrophilic group, or a cyano group.
  • X 2 and X 4 are preferably each independently a hydrogen atom or an ionic hydrophilic group.
  • X 1 , X 3 , and X 5 are each independently preferably either a hydrogen atom or substituent group A, and at least one of X 1 , X 3, and X 5 has a Hammett ⁇ p value It preferably represents an electron withdrawing group of 0.3 or more.
  • the upper limit of Hammett's substituent constant ⁇ p value is an electron withdrawing group of 1.0 or less.
  • X 1 , X 3 , and X 5 is an electron-withdrawing group having a ⁇ p value in this range, the hue of the azo compound can be adjusted, light fastness, and ozone gas fastness can be improved.
  • An effect can be acquired by using as a water-soluble dye for black ink.
  • the electron withdrawing group having a ⁇ p value of 0.3 or more include acyl group, acyloxy group, carbamoyl group, alkyloxycarbonyl group, aryloxycarbonyl group, cyano group, nitro group, dialkylphosphono group, diaryl Phosphono group, diarylphosphinyl group, alkylsulfinyl group, arylsulfinyl group, alkylsulfonyl group, arylsulfonyl group, sulfonyloxy group, acylthio group, sulfamoyl group, thiocyanate group, thiocarbonyl group, halogenated alkyl group, halogenated Alkoxy group, halogenated aryloxy group, halogenated alkylamino group, halogenated alkylthio group, aryl group substituted with other electron-withdrawing group having ⁇ p value of 0.3 or more, nitro group
  • a cyano group, a methylsulfonyl group, a phenylsulfonyl group, a methoxycarbonyl group, a carbamoyl group, and a nitro group are preferable, and a cyano group, a methylsulfonyl group, and a nitro group are more preferable.
  • At least one of X 2 and X 4 is preferably an ionic hydrophilic group
  • X 1, X 3 , and X 5 Is preferably a hydrogen atom or an electron-withdrawing group having a Hammett's ⁇ p value of 0.3 or more
  • X 1, X 3 and X 5 are hydrogen atoms
  • X 2 and X 4 are ionic More preferably, it is a hydrophilic group.
  • —SO 3 M or —CO 2 M (M represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent counter cation) is preferable, —CO 2 M is more preferable, and —CO 2 Li is particularly preferable. .
  • the compound represented by the general formula (Q) or (3-1) is preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (4-1).
  • R 111 , R 112 , R 113 and R 114 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 and X 5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • M represents each independently a hydrogen atom or a counter cation.
  • R 111 , R 112 , R 113 , R 114 , X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 , X 5 and M in the general formula (4-1) are each independently the above general formula (3-1)
  • R 111 , R 112 , R 113 , R 114 , X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 , X 5 and M are the same, and specific examples and preferred ranges are also the same.
  • the ring containing G in the general formula (Q) is not a nitrogen-containing 5-membered hetero ring but a thiophene ring, so that the image fastness of the printed matter is preserved (for example, ozone gas fastness, Light fastness), discoloration (color change), and fading (decoloring) can be improved at a higher level, and the suitability as a gray to black ink is improved, which requires a small change in discoloration.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (Q), (3-1) or (4-1) is preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (5-1).
  • each M independently represents a hydrogen atom or a counter cation, and when M represents a counter cation, it is preferably a lithium ion, a sodium ion, a potassium ion, or an ammonium ion.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (Q) is preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (3-2).
  • R 203 represents a substituent.
  • X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 and X 5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • M represents a hydrogen atom or a counter cation.
  • G represents a nitrogen atom or —CZ ⁇ .
  • Z represents an electron withdrawing group having a Hammett's substituent constant ⁇ p value of 0.20 or more.
  • Examples of the substituent represented by R 203 in the general formula (3-2) include the substituent group B, and include a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, a substituted or unsubstituted hetero group. It is preferably a cyclic group, more preferably an alkyl group substituted with an ionic hydrophilic group, or an aryl group, and particularly preferably an alkyl group substituted with an ionic hydrophilic group.
  • the alkyl group substituted with the ionic hydrophilic group is preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, or an n-propyl group, and particularly preferably an ethyl group.
  • a methyl group an ethyl group, or an n-propyl group, and particularly preferably an ethyl group.
  • —SO 3 M or —CO 2 M M represents a hydrogen atom or a counter cation
  • —CO 2 M is more preferable
  • —CO 2 Li is particularly preferable.
  • M in the general formula (3-2) has the same meaning as M in the general formula (3-1), and specific examples and preferred ranges thereof are also the same.
  • X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 and X 5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • X 1, X 2 examples of the substituent when X 3, X 4 and X 5 represents a substituent can be exemplified substituent group A.
  • X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 and X 5 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an ionic hydrophilic group, a cyano group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkylsulfonyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted arylsulfonyl group, or a nitro group.
  • a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyl group a substituted or unsubstituted carbamoyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted sulfamoyl group, a hydrogen atom, an ionic hydrophilic group, a cyano group, a methanesulfonyl group, a phenylsulfonyl group , A nitro group, a methoxycarbonyl group, and a carbamoyl group, a hydrogen atom, an ionic hydrophilic group (-SO 3 M or —CO 2 M is preferable, —CO 2 M is more preferable, —CO 2 Li Is particularly preferred), or a cyano group is particularly preferred.
  • X 2 and X 4 are preferably each independently a hydrogen atom or an ionic hydrophilic group.
  • X 1 , X 3 , and X 5 are preferably each independently a hydrogen atom or substituent group A, and at least one of X 1 , X 3, and X 5 has a Hammett's ⁇ p value of 0 It is preferable to represent 3 or more electron withdrawing groups.
  • the upper limit of Hammett's substituent constant ⁇ p value is an electron withdrawing group of 1.0 or less.
  • X 1 , X 3 , and X 5 is an electron-withdrawing group having a ⁇ p value in this range, the hue of the azo compound can be adjusted, light fastness, and ozone gas fastness can be improved.
  • An effect can be acquired by using as a water-soluble dye for black ink.
  • the electron withdrawing group having a ⁇ p value of 0.3 or more include acyl group, acyloxy group, carbamoyl group, alkyloxycarbonyl group, aryloxycarbonyl group, cyano group, nitro group, dialkylphosphono group, diaryl Phosphono group, diarylphosphinyl group, alkylsulfinyl group, arylsulfinyl group, alkylsulfonyl group, arylsulfonyl group, sulfonyloxy group, acylthio group, sulfamoyl group, thiocyanate group, thiocarbonyl group, halogenated alkyl group, halogenated Alkoxy group, halogenated aryloxy group, halogenated alkylamino group, halogenated alkylthio group, aryl group substituted with other electron-withdrawing group having ⁇ p value of 0.3 or more, nitro group
  • a cyano group, a methylsulfonyl group, a phenylsulfonyl group, a methoxycarbonyl group, a carbamoyl group, and a nitro group are preferable, and a cyano group, a methylsulfonyl group, and a nitro group are more preferable.
  • At least one of X 2 and X 4 is preferably an ionic hydrophilic group
  • X 1, X 3 , and X 5 Is preferably a hydrogen atom or an electron-withdrawing group having a Hammett's ⁇ p value of 0.3 or more
  • X 1 , X 3 , and X 5 are hydrogen atoms
  • X 2 and X 4 are ionic More preferably, it is a hydrophilic group.
  • the ionic hydrophilic group —SO 3 M or —CO 2 M (M represents a hydrogen atom or a counter cation) is preferable, —CO 2 M is more preferable, and —CO 2 Li is particularly preferable.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (Q) or (3-2) is preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (4-2).
  • R 203 represents a substituent.
  • X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 , and X 5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • M represents a hydrogen atom or a counter cation each independently.
  • R 203 , X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 , X 5 and M in the general formula (4-2) are respectively R 203 , X 1 , X 2 , X in the general formula (3-2).
  • 3 , X 4 , X 5 and M have the same meaning, and specific examples and preferred ranges are also the same.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (Q), (3-2) or (4-2) is preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (5-2).
  • M independently represents a hydrogen atom or a counter cation, and when M represents a counter cation, it preferably represents a lithium ion, a sodium ion, a potassium ion, or an ammonium ion.
  • M in the general formula (5-2) has the same meaning as M in the general formula (3-2), and specific examples and preferred ranges are also the same.
  • M represents a hydrogen atom or a counter cation
  • Me represents a methyl group
  • Ac represents an acetyl group
  • Ph represents a phenyl group.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (Q) can be synthesized by a coupling reaction between a diazo component and a coupler, and these are described in JP-A-2003-306623, JP-A-2005-139427, and the like. This is described in Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2012-177073.
  • R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , R 14 and R 15 are each independently a hydrogen atom, halogen atom, alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, alkenyl group, aralkyl group, aryl group , Heterocyclic group, cyano group, hydroxyl group, nitro group, amino group, alkylamino group, alkoxy group, aryloxy group, amide group, arylamino group, ureido group, sulfamoylamino group, alkylthio group, arylthio group, Alkoxycarbonylamino group, sulfonamide group, carbamoyl group, sulfamoyl group, alkoxycarbonyl group, heterocyclic oxy group, azo group, acyloxy group, carbamoyloxy group, silyloxy group, aryloxycarbonyl group, aryloxycarbon
  • Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 and Z 4 are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group. Represents a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group. However, at least one of Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 , and Z 4 has an ionic hydrophilic group as a substituent.
  • M 1 represents a hydrogen atom, a metal element, a metal oxide, a metal hydroxide, or a metal halide.
  • R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , R 14 and R 15 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or an alkenyl.
  • Examples of the halogen atom represented by R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , R 14 and R 15 include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom and a bromine atom.
  • the alkyl group represented by R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , R 14 and R 15 includes an alkyl group having a substituent and an unsubstituted alkyl group.
  • an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms when a substituent is removed is preferable.
  • the substituent include a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, a cyano group, and a halogen atom and an ionic hydrophilic group.
  • alkyl group examples include methyl, ethyl, butyl, isopropyl, t-butyl, hydroxyethyl, methoxyethyl, cyanoethyl, trifluoromethyl, 3-sulfopropyl and 4-sulfobutyl.
  • the cycloalkyl group represented by R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , R 14 and R 15 includes a cycloalkyl group having a substituent and an unsubstituted cycloalkyl group.
  • the cycloalkyl group is preferably a cycloalkyl group having 5 to 12 carbon atoms when a substituent is removed. Examples of the substituent include an ionic hydrophilic group. Examples of the cycloalkyl group include a cyclohexyl group.
  • the alkenyl group represented by R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , R 14 and R 15 includes an alkenyl group having a substituent and an unsubstituted alkenyl group.
  • an alkenyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms when a substituent is removed is preferable.
  • the substituent include an ionic hydrophilic group.
  • Examples of the alkenyl group include a vinyl group and an allyl group.
  • the aralkyl group represented by R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , R 14 and R 15 includes an aralkyl group having a substituent and an unsubstituted aralkyl group.
  • an aralkyl group having 7 to 12 carbon atoms when a substituent is removed is preferable.
  • the substituent include an ionic hydrophilic group.
  • the aralkyl group include a benzyl group and a 2-phenethyl group.
  • the aryl group represented by R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , R 14 and R 15 includes an aryl group having a substituent and an unsubstituted aryl group.
  • the aryl group is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms when the substituent is removed.
  • the substituent include an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, a halogen atom, an alkylamino group, and an ionic hydrophilic group.
  • Examples of the aryl group include phenyl, p-tolyl, p-methoxyphenyl, o-chlorophenyl and m- (3-sulfopropylamino) phenyl.
  • the heterocyclic group represented by R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , R 14 and R 15 includes a heterocyclic group having a substituent and an unsubstituted heterocyclic group.
  • the heterocyclic group is preferably a 5-membered or 6-membered heterocyclic group.
  • the substituent include an ionic hydrophilic group.
  • Examples of the heterocyclic group include a 2-pyridyl group, a 2-thienyl group and a 2-furyl group.
  • the alkylamino group represented by R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , R 14 and R 15 includes an alkylamino group having a substituent and an unsubstituted alkylamino group.
  • the alkylamino group is preferably an alkylamino group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms when a substituent is removed. Examples of the substituent include an ionic hydrophilic group. Examples of the alkylamino group include a methylamino group and a diethylamino group.
  • the alkoxy group represented by R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , R 14 and R 15 includes an alkoxy group having a substituent and an unsubstituted alkoxy group.
  • the alkoxy group excluding the substituent is preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • Examples of the substituent include an alkoxy group, a hydroxyl group, and an ionic hydrophilic group.
  • Examples of the alkoxy group include a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, an isopropoxy group, a methoxyethoxy group, a hydroxyethoxy group, and a 3-carboxypropoxy group.
  • the aryloxy group represented by R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , R 14 and R 15 includes an aryloxy group having a substituent and an unsubstituted aryloxy group.
  • the aryloxy group is preferably an aryloxy group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms when a substituent is removed.
  • the substituent include an alkoxy group and an ionic hydrophilic group.
  • Examples of the aryloxy group include a phenoxy group, a p-methoxyphenoxy group, and an o-methoxyphenoxy group.
  • the amide group represented by R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , R 14 and R 15 includes an amide group having a substituent and an unsubstituted amide group.
  • the amide group is preferably an amide group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms when a substituent is removed.
  • the substituent include an ionic hydrophilic group.
  • Examples of the amide group include an acetamide group, a propionamide group, a benzamide group, and a 3,5-disulfobenzamide group.
  • the arylamino group represented by R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , R 14 and R 15 includes an arylamino group having a substituent and an unsubstituted arylamino group.
  • the arylamino group is preferably an arylamino group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms when a substituent is removed. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom and an ionic hydrophilic group. Examples of the arylamino group include an anilino group and a 2-chloroanilino group.
  • the ureido group represented by R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , R 14 and R 15 includes a ureido group having a substituent and an unsubstituted ureido group.
  • the ureido group is preferably a ureido group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms when a substituent is removed.
  • the substituent include an alkyl group and an aryl group.
  • Examples of the ureido group include a 3-methylureido group, a 3,3-dimethylureido group, and a 3-phenylureido group.
  • the sulfamoylamino group represented by R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , R 14 and R 15 includes a sulfamoylamino group having a substituent and an unsubstituted sulfamoylamino group.
  • a group is included.
  • the substituent include an alkyl group.
  • Examples of the sulfamoylamino group include N, N-dipropylsulfamoylamino group.
  • the alkylthio group represented by R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , R 14 and R 15 includes an alkylthio group having a substituent and an unsubstituted alkylthio group.
  • the alkylthio group is preferably an alkylthio group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms when a substituent is removed. Examples of the substituent include an ionic hydrophilic group. Examples of the alkylthio group include a methylthio group and an ethylthio group.
  • the arylthio group represented by R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , R 14 and R 15 includes an arylthio group having a substituent and an unsubstituted arylthio group.
  • the arylthio group is preferably an arylthio group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms when a substituent is removed.
  • the substituent include an alkyl group and an ionic hydrophilic group.
  • Examples of the arylthio group include a phenylthio group and a p-tolylthio group.
  • the alkoxycarbonylamino group represented by R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , R 14 and R 15 includes an alkoxycarbonylamino group having a substituent and an unsubstituted alkoxycarbonylamino group. It is.
  • the alkoxycarbonylamino group is preferably an alkoxycarbonylamino group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms when a substituent is removed. Examples of the substituent include an ionic hydrophilic group. Examples of the alkoxycarbonylamino group include an ethoxycarbonylamino group.
  • the sulfonamide group represented by R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , R 14 and R 15 includes a sulfonamide group having a substituent and an unsubstituted sulfonamide group.
  • the sulfonamide group is preferably a sulfonamide group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms when a substituent is removed. Examples of the substituent include an ionic hydrophilic group. Examples of the sulfonamide group include methanesulfonamide, benzenesulfonamide, and 3-carboxybenzenesulfonamide.
  • the carbamoyl group represented by R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , R 14 and R 15 includes a carbamoyl group having a substituent and an unsubstituted carbamoyl group.
  • the substituent include an alkyl group.
  • the carbamoyl group include a methylcarbamoyl group and a dimethylcarbamoyl group.
  • the sulfamoyl group represented by R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , R 14 and R 15 includes a sulfamoyl group having a substituent and an unsubstituted sulfamoyl group.
  • the substituent include an alkyl group and an aryl group.
  • the sulfamoyl group include a dimethylsulfamoyl group, a di- (2-hydroxyethyl) sulfamoyl group, and a phenylsulfamoyl group.
  • the alkoxycarbonyl group represented by R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , R 14 and R 15 includes an alkoxycarbonyl group having a substituent and an unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyl group.
  • the alkoxycarbonyl group is preferably an alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms when a substituent is removed. Examples of the substituent include an ionic hydrophilic group. Examples of the alkoxycarbonyl group include a methoxycarbonyl group and an ethoxycarbonyl group.
  • the heterocyclic oxy group represented by R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , R 14 and R 15 includes a heterocyclic oxy group having a substituent and an unsubstituted heterocyclic oxy group. It is.
  • the heterocyclic oxy group is preferably a heterocyclic oxy group having a 5-membered or 6-membered heterocyclic ring.
  • the substituent include a hydroxyl group and an ionic hydrophilic group.
  • Examples of the heterocyclic oxy group include a 2-tetrahydropyranyloxy group.
  • the azo group represented by R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , R 14 and R 15 includes an azo group having a substituent and an unsubstituted azo group.
  • Examples of the azo group include a p-nitrophenylazo group.
  • the acyloxy group represented by R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , R 14 and R 15 includes an acyloxy group having a substituent and an unsubstituted acyloxy group.
  • the acyloxy group is preferably an acyloxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms when a substituent is removed. Examples of the substituent include an ionic hydrophilic group. Examples of the acyloxy group include an acetoxy group and a benzoyloxy group.
  • the carbamoyloxy group represented by R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , R 14 and R 15 includes a carbamoyloxy group having a substituent and an unsubstituted carbamoyloxy group.
  • the substituent include an alkyl group.
  • the carbamoyloxy group include an N-methylcarbamoyloxy group.
  • the silyloxy group represented by R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , R 14 and R 15 includes a silyloxy group having a substituent and an unsubstituted silyloxy group.
  • the substituent include an alkyl group.
  • the silyloxy group include a trimethylsilyloxy group.
  • the aryloxycarbonyl group represented by R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , R 14 and R 15 includes an aryloxycarbonyl group having a substituent and an unsubstituted aryloxycarbonyl group. It is.
  • the aryloxycarbonyl group is preferably an aryloxycarbonyl group having 7 to 12 carbon atoms when a substituent is removed. Examples of the substituent include an ionic hydrophilic group. Examples of the aryloxycarbonyl group include a phenoxycarbonyl group.
  • the aryloxycarbonylamino group represented by R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , R 14 and R 15 includes an aryloxycarbonylamino group having a substituent and an unsubstituted aryloxycarbonylamino A group is included.
  • the aryloxycarbonylamino group is preferably an aryloxycarbonylamino group having 7 to 12 carbon atoms when a substituent is removed. Examples of the substituent include an ionic hydrophilic group. Examples of the aryloxycarbonylamino group include a phenoxycarbonylamino group.
  • the imide group represented by R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , R 14 and R 15 includes an imide group having a substituent and an unsubstituted imide group.
  • Examples of the imide group include an N-phthalimide group and an N-succinimide group.
  • the heterocyclic thio group represented by R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , R 14 and R 15 includes a heterocyclic thio group having a substituent and an unsubstituted heterocyclic thio group. It is.
  • the heterocyclic thio group preferably has a 5-membered or 6-membered heterocyclic ring. Examples of the substituent include an ionic hydrophilic group. Examples of the heterocyclic thio group include a 2-pyridylthio group.
  • the phosphoryl group represented by R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , R 14 and R 15 includes a phosphoryl group having a substituent and an unsubstituted phosphoryl group.
  • Examples of the phosphoryl group include a phenoxyphosphoryl group and a phenylphosphoryl group.
  • the acyl group represented by R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , R 14 and R 15 includes an acyl group having a substituent and an unsubstituted acyl group.
  • the acyl group is preferably an acyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms when a substituent is removed. Examples of the substituent include an ionic hydrophilic group. Examples of the acyl group include an acetyl group and a benzoyl group.
  • the ionic hydrophilic group represented by R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , R 14 and R 15 includes a sulfo group, a carboxyl group, a quaternary ammonium group, and the like.
  • a carboxyl group and a sulfo group are preferable, and a sulfo group is particularly preferable.
  • the carboxyl group and the sulfo group may be in a salt state, and examples of the counter ion forming the salt include alkali metal ions (eg, sodium ion, potassium ion) and organic cations (eg, tetramethylguanidinium ion). ) Is included.
  • R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , R 14 and R 15 are hydrogen atom, halogen atom, alkyl group, aryl group, cyano group, alkoxy group, amide group, ureido, among others Group, sulfonamido group, carbamoyl group, sulfamoyl group and alkoxycarbonyl group are preferable, hydrogen atom, halogen atom and cyano group are particularly preferable, and hydrogen atom is most preferable.
  • Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 , and Z 4 are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group, It represents a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group.
  • at least one of Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 , and Z 4 has an ionic hydrophilic group as a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the substituents described in the above substituent group C.
  • the alkyl group represented by Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 , and Z 4 includes an alkyl group having a substituent and an unsubstituted alkyl group.
  • the alkyl group is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms when a substituent is removed.
  • substituent group a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, a cyano group, an alkylamino group (RNH-, RR'N-), a carbamoyl group (-CONHR), a sulfamoyl group (-SO 2 NHR, -SO 2 NRR ') Sulfonylamino group (—NHSO 2 R), —SONHR group, —SONRR ′ group, halogen atom and ionic hydrophilic group.
  • R and R ′ represent an alkyl group and a phenyl group, and these may further have a substituent.
  • Examples of the substituent include an alkylamino group, a hydroxyl group, and an ionic hydrophilic group. R and R ′ may form a ring by a chemical bond.
  • Examples of the alkyl group include methyl, ethyl, butyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, t-butyl, hydroxyethyl, methoxyethyl, cyanoethyl, trimethyl. Included are fluoromethyl, 3-sulfopropyl and 4-sulfobutyl.
  • the cycloalkyl group represented by Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 , and Z 4 includes a cycloalkyl group having a substituent and an unsubstituted cycloalkyl group.
  • the cycloalkyl group is preferably a cycloalkyl group having 5 to 12 carbon atoms when a substituent is removed. Examples of the substituent include an ionic hydrophilic group. Examples of the cycloalkyl group include a cyclohexyl group.
  • the alkenyl group represented by Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 , and Z 4 includes an alkenyl group having a substituent and an unsubstituted alkenyl group.
  • an alkenyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms when a substituent is removed is preferable.
  • the substituent include an ionic hydrophilic group.
  • Examples of the alkenyl group include a vinyl group and an allyl group.
  • the aralkyl group represented by Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 and Z 4 includes an aralkyl group having a substituent and an unsubstituted aralkyl group.
  • an aralkyl group having 7 to 12 carbon atoms when a substituent is removed is preferable.
  • the substituent include an ionic hydrophilic group.
  • the aralkyl group include a benzyl group and a 2-phenethyl group.
  • the aryl group represented by Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 , and Z 4 includes an aryl group having a substituent and an unsubstituted aryl group.
  • the aryl group is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms when the substituent is removed. Examples of the aryl group include phenyl, p-tolyl, p-methoxyphenyl, o-chlorophenyl and m- (3-sulfopropylamino) phenyl, m-sulfophenyl.
  • substituents examples include an alkyl group (R—), an alkoxy group (RO—), an alkylamino group (RNH—, RR′N—), a carbamoyl group (—CONHR), a sulfamoyl group (—SO 2 NHR), A sulfonylamino group (—NHSO 2 R), a halogen atom, and an ionic hydrophilic group are included (note that R and R ′ represent an alkyl group and a phenyl group, and these may also have an ionic hydrophilic group. Good).
  • the heterocyclic group represented by Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 , and Z 4 includes a heterocyclic group having a substituent and an unsubstituted heterocyclic group, and may form a condensed ring with another ring.
  • the heterocyclic group is preferably a 5-membered or 6-membered heterocyclic group.
  • the heterocyclic group may form a condensed ring with another ring. Examples of the heterocyclic group include, but are not limited to, the substitution position of the heterocyclic ring.
  • substituents examples include an alkyl group (R—), an aryl group (R—), an alkoxy group (RO—), an alkylamino group (RNH—, RR′N—), a carbamoyl group (—CONHR), and a sulfamoyl group.
  • Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 and Z 4 are preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group, a substituted alkyl group or a substituted aryl group.
  • a substituted heterocyclic group is more preferred, and a substituted alkyl group is still more preferred.
  • At least one of Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 , and Z 4 has an ionic hydrophilic group as a substituent.
  • the ionic hydrophilic group as a substituent include a sulfo group, a carboxyl group, and a quaternary ammonium group.
  • a carboxyl group and a sulfo group are preferable, and a sulfo group is particularly preferable.
  • the carboxyl group and the sulfo group may be in a salt state, and examples of the counter ion forming the salt include alkali metal ions (eg, sodium ion, potassium ion) and organic cations (eg, tetramethylguanidinium ion). ) Is included.
  • alkali metal ions eg, sodium ion, potassium ion
  • organic cations eg, tetramethylguanidinium ion.
  • Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 and Z 4 are preferably each independently a group represented by the following general formula (3) or (4).
  • L represents an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms
  • M 3 represents a hydrogen atom or a counter cation
  • R 20 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. * Represents a bond.
  • L in the general formulas (3) and (4) represents an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, preferably represents an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and represents an alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Is more preferable, and an alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms is more preferable.
  • M 3 in the general formula (3) represents a hydrogen atom or a counter cation. When M 3 is a hydrogen atom, it is in the form of a free acid, and when M 3 is a counter cation, it is in the form of a salt. Examples of counter cations that form salts include monovalent counter cations, and alkali metal ions, ammonium ions, organic cations, and the like are preferable.
  • Examples of the organic cation include tetramethylammonium ion, tetramethylguanidinium ion, and tetramethylphosphonium.
  • the counter cation is preferably an alkali metal ion, more preferably a lithium ion, a sodium ion, or a potassium ion.
  • R 20 in the general formula (4) represents an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and more preferably a methyl group.
  • q 1 , q 2 , q 3 and q 4 each independently represent 1 or 2.
  • M 1 represents a hydrogen atom, a metal element, a metal oxide, a metal hydroxide, or a metal halide.
  • M 1 is a metal element other than a hydrogen atom, such as Li, Na, K, Mg, Ti, Zr, V, Nb, Ta, Cr, Mo, W, Mn, Fe, Co, Ni, Ru. Rh, Pd, Os, Ir, Pt, Cu, Ag, Au, Zn, Cd, Hg, Al, Ga, In, Si, Ge, Sn, Pb, Sb, Bi, and the like. Of these, Cu, Ni, Zn, Al and the like are particularly preferable, and Cu is most preferable.
  • Preferred examples of the metal oxide include VO and GeO.
  • Si (OH) 2 , Cr (OH) 2 , Sn (OH) 2, etc. are mentioned preferably.
  • the metal halide AlCl, SiCl 2, VCl, VCl 2, VOCl, FeCl, GaCl, ZrCl , and the like.
  • phthalocyanine dyes examples include “Phthalocyanine—Chemistry and Function” (P. 1 to 62) published by K. Shirai and Kobayashi, Inc. C. Leznoff-A. B. P. Lever co-authored, published by VCH, “Phthalogicanes-Properties and Applications” (P. 1 to 54), etc., can be synthesized by combining quoted or similar methods.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (1) can be synthesized with reference to the description of [0057] to [0074] of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2005-307189.
  • the phthalocyanine dye represented by the general formula (1) of the present invention is an ⁇ -substituted type (at least one of the 1st and 4th positions of the phthalocyanine ring, at least one of the 5th and 8th positions, and at least one of the 9th and 12th positions).
  • -S (O) q 1 -Z 1 a specific substituent represented by 4 -Z 4.
  • phthalocyanine dye represented by the general formula (1) is shown below using the following general formula (IV), but the phthalocyanine dye used in the present invention is not limited to the following examples.
  • the colored composition of the present invention contains a compound represented by the general formula (Q) (disazo dye) and a compound represented by the general formula (1) ( ⁇ -substituted phthalocyanine dye) at a specific mass ratio.
  • Q diazo dye
  • the ratio of the content of the compound represented by the general formula (1) to the content of the compound represented by the general formula (Q) is 0.02 to 0.25, preferably 0.05 to 0.15 on a mass basis.
  • the colored composition of the present invention preferably contains no ⁇ -substituted phthalocyanine dye. That is, the phthalocyanine dye contained in the coloring composition is preferably only the compound represented by the general formula (1) ( ⁇ -substituted phthalocyanine dye).
  • the phthalocyanine dye contained in the coloring composition is preferably only the compound represented by the general formula (1) ( ⁇ -substituted phthalocyanine dye).
  • at least one of the 1-position and the 4-position of the phthalocyanine ring, at least one of the 5-position and the 8-position, at least one of the 9-position and the 12-position, and at least one of the 13-position and the 16-position have a substituent.
  • the compound is referred to as ⁇ -substitution type.
  • the content of the disazo dye represented by the general formula (Q) in the coloring composition is preferably 0.2 to 20% by mass, more preferably 0.5 to 10% by mass, and 1.0 to 8.0%. Mass% is particularly preferred.
  • the coloring composition of the present invention preferably contains 0.2 to 20% by mass of the total dye, more preferably 0.5 to 10% by mass, and particularly preferably 1.0 to 8.0% by mass. contains.
  • the coloring composition of the present invention can contain a medium, but when a solvent is used as the medium, it is particularly suitable as an ink for ink jet recording.
  • the coloring composition of the present invention is represented by a compound represented by the general formula (Q) (disazo dye) and a general formula (1) using a lipophilic medium or an aqueous medium as a medium. It can be prepared by dissolving and / or dispersing a compound ( ⁇ -type phthalocyanine dye). Preferably, an aqueous medium is used.
  • the coloring composition of the present invention may contain other additives as necessary within a range that does not impair the effects of the present invention.
  • other additives include additives that can be used in ink jet recording inks described later.
  • the colored composition of the present invention can be suitably used as an ink for inkjet recording.
  • the ink for ink jet recording dissolves and / or dissolves the compound represented by the general formula (Q) (disazo dye) and the compound represented by the general formula (1) ( ⁇ -type phthalocyanine dye) in an oleophilic medium or an aqueous medium. It can be produced by dispersing.
  • the ink for inkjet recording is preferably an ink using an aqueous medium.
  • the ink for ink jet recording can contain other additives as required within a range that does not impair the effects of the present invention.
  • additives include, for example, anti-drying agents (wetting agents), anti-fading agents, emulsion stabilizers, penetration enhancers, ultraviolet absorbers, preservatives, anti-fungal agents, pH adjusters, surface tension adjusters, Well-known additives, such as a foaming agent, a viscosity modifier, a dispersing agent, a dispersion stabilizer, a rust preventive agent, a chelating agent, are mentioned. These various additives are directly added to the ink liquid in the case of water-soluble ink. When an oil-soluble dye is used in the form of a dispersion, it is generally added to the dispersion after the preparation of the dye dispersion, but it may be added to the oil phase or the aqueous phase at the time of preparation.
  • the ink for ink jet recording of the present invention preferably has a viscosity of 30 mPa ⁇ s or less.
  • the surface tension is preferably 25 mN / m or more and 70 mN / m or less.
  • Viscosity and surface tension are various additives such as viscosity modifiers, surface tension modifiers, specific resistance modifiers, film modifiers, UV absorbers, antioxidants, antifading agents, antifungal agents, and rust inhibitors. It can be adjusted by adding a dispersant and a surfactant.
  • the ink for ink jet recording of the present invention can be used for ink for ink jet recording of various colors, but is preferably used for ink for ink jet recording of black color.
  • the ink composition of the present invention can be used for recording methods such as printing, copying, marking, writing, drawing, stamping and the like, and is particularly suitable for use in an ink jet recording method.
  • the present invention also relates to an inkjet recording method for forming an image using the colored composition or the inkjet recording ink of the present invention.
  • the ink cartridge for ink jet recording of the present invention is filled with the ink for ink jet recording of the present invention described above. Further, the ink-jet recorded matter of the present invention is obtained by forming a colored image on a recording material using the above-described ink for ink-jet recording of the present invention.
  • the support in recording paper and recording film is made of chemical pulp such as LBKP and NBKP, mechanical pulp such as GP, PGW, RMP, TMP, CTMP, CMPMP, CGP, and waste paper pulp such as DIP.
  • Additives such as known pigments, binders, sizing agents, fixing agents, cationic agents, paper strength enhancers, etc. can be mixed and manufactured using various devices such as long net paper machines and circular net paper machines. is there.
  • either synthetic paper or plastic film sheets may be used.
  • the thickness of the support is preferably 10 to 250 ⁇ m and the basis weight is preferably 10 to 250 g / m 2 .
  • Polymer latex may be added to the constituent layers (including the backcoat layer) of the inkjet recording paper and recording film.
  • the polymer latex is used for the purpose of improving film physical properties such as dimensional stabilization, curling prevention, adhesion prevention, and film cracking prevention.
  • the polymer latex is described in JP-A Nos. 62-245258, 62-136648, and 62-110066.
  • a polymer latex having a low glass transition temperature 40 ° C. or lower
  • cracking and curling of the layer can be prevented.
  • curling can be prevented by adding a polymer latex having a high glass transition temperature to the backcoat layer.
  • the ink of the present invention is not limited to an ink jet recording system, and is a known system, for example, a charge control system that discharges ink using electrostatic attraction, a drop-on-demand system (pressure) that uses the vibration pressure of a piezo element.
  • Pulse method acoustic ink jet method that converts electrical signal into acoustic beam and irradiates ink and uses ink to discharge ink
  • thermal ink jet that heats ink to form bubbles and uses generated pressure Used for systems.
  • Inkjet recording methods use a method of ejecting a large number of low-density inks called photo inks in a small volume, a method of improving image quality using a plurality of inks having substantially the same hue and different concentrations, and colorless and transparent inks. The method is included.
  • Example 1 An ink for ink jet recording (sample No. 1) having the composition shown below was prepared.
  • Sample No. Ink compositions (Sample Nos. 2 to 63) were prepared in the same manner as in Preparation 1.
  • a printed material was prepared by the method described below, and the obtained printed material was evaluated for image quality (bronze gloss).
  • Inkjet printer Stylus Color 880 (trade name) (trade name, manufactured by Seiko Epson Corporation) was used, ink jet recording ink (Sample Nos. 1 to 63) was filled in the ink cartridge, and an ink jet recording medium (photographic paper ⁇ glossy) >), Solid printing was performed so that the applied amount was 0.23 to 0.34 mg per square centimeter, and the resulting printed matter was measured with a gloss meter (PG-1M, manufactured by Nippon Denshoku Industries Co., Ltd.). Was used (measurement angle 60 degrees), and the glossiness was determined. Printing was performed at 20 ° C. and a relative humidity of 40%.
  • D represents the OD value after the exposure test
  • D 0 represents the OD value before the exposure test.
  • the light resistance of each color recorded on the recorded matter was ranked A to C using the following criteria.
  • Evaluation A ROD 14 days after the start of the test is 85% or more at any concentration.
  • Evaluation B ROD 14 days after the start of the test is such that the concentration at any one point is less than 85%.
  • Evaluation C The ROD after 14 days from the start of the test has a concentration of any two or three points of less than 85%. In this test, a recorded matter with little decrease in ROD even when exposed to light for a long time is excellent. The obtained results are shown in Tables 9 and 10.
  • Evaluation A ROD after 7 days from the start of the test is 85% or more at any concentration.
  • Evaluation B The ROD after 7 days from the start of the test is such that the concentration at any one point is less than 85%.
  • Evaluation C The ROD after 7 days from the start of the test is such that the concentration at any two or three points is less than 85%.
  • a printed material was prepared by the method shown below, and the obtained printed material was evaluated for observation light source dependency.
  • Inkjet printer Stylus Color 880 (trademark) (trade name, manufactured by Seiko Epson Corporation) and inkjet recording ink (Sample Nos. 1 to 63) are used, respectively, and an inkjet recording medium (photographic paper crispier ⁇ high gloss > (Trade name, manufactured by Seiko Epson Corporation)) was printed with black solids so that a shot amount of 0.23 to 0.34 mg per square centimeter was obtained.
  • the reflection spectrum of the obtained printed matter was measured with a spectral absorption measuring instrument (Shimadzu Corporation, UV-2400).
  • the reflection spectrum R ( ⁇ ) was measured from 380 nm to 780 nm in increments of 5 nm.
  • the tristimulus values Xn, Yn, Zn at the white point of the light source are defined below.
  • the color difference ⁇ E between hue 1 (L1 *, a1 *, b1 *) and hue 2 (L2 *, a2 *, b2 *) is defined as follows, and the color difference between each light source with respect to the standard light source D50 is defined as The maximum value of these color differences was calculated as ⁇ Emax.
  • ⁇ E ((L1 * -L2 * ) 2 + (a1 * -a2 *) 2 + (b1 * -b2 *) 2) 1/2
  • an inkjet recording ink containing the coloring composition an inkjet recording method using the inkjet recording ink, an ink cartridge, and an inkjet recorded product can be provided.

Abstract

 The purpose of the present invention is to provide a coloring composition with which the occurrence of bronzing can be minimized, and which has exceptional light resistance and ozone resistance; an ink for inkjet recording that employs the coloring composition; an inkjet recording method that employs the ink for inkjet recording; an inkjet printer cartridge; and inkjet-recorded matter. Provided are: a coloring composition containing a compound represented by general formula (Q) and a compound represented by general formula (1) which are disclosed in the description, the ratio of the content of the compound represented by general formula (1) to the content of the compound represented by general formula (Q), expressed on a mass basis, being 0.02-0.25; an ink for inkjet recording that employs the coloring composition; an inkjet recording method that employs the ink for inkjet recording; an inkjet printer cartridge; and inkjet-recorded matter.

Description

着色組成物、インクジェット記録用インク、インクジェット記録方法、インクジェットプリンタカートリッジ、及びインクジェット記録物Coloring composition, ink for ink jet recording, ink jet recording method, ink jet printer cartridge, and ink jet recorded matter
 本発明は、着色組成物、インクジェット記録用インク、インクジェット記録方法、インクジェットプリンタカートリッジ、及びインクジェット記録物に関する。 The present invention relates to a colored composition, an ink for ink jet recording, an ink jet recording method, an ink jet printer cartridge, and an ink jet recorded matter.
 インクジェット記録方法は、材料費が安価であること、高速記録が可能なこと、記録時の騒音が少ないこと、更にカラー記録が容易であることから、急速に普及し、更に発展しつつある。
 インクジェット記録方法には、連続的に液滴を飛翔させるコンティニュアス方式と画像情報信号に応じて液滴を飛翔させるオンデマンド方式が有り、その吐出方式にはピエゾ素子により圧力を加えて液滴を吐出させる方式、熱によりインク中に気泡を発生させて液滴を吐出させる方式、超音波を用いた方式、あるいは静電力により液滴を求引吐出させる方式がある。また、インクジェット記録用インクとしては、水性インク、油性インク、あるいは固体(溶融型)インクが用いられる。
The ink jet recording method is rapidly spreading and further developing because of its low material cost, high speed recording, low noise during recording, and easy color recording.
Inkjet recording methods include a continuous method in which droplets are continuously ejected and an on-demand method in which droplets are ejected in accordance with image information signals. There are a method for ejecting droplets, a method for generating bubbles in ink by discharging heat, a method for discharging droplets, a method using ultrasonic waves, and a method for attracting and discharging droplets by electrostatic force. As the ink for ink jet recording, water-based ink, oil-based ink, or solid (melted type) ink is used.
 特許文献1及び2には、ジスアゾ染料とフタロシアニン染料とを有する着色組成物が開示されており、堅牢性に優れた画像を提供できることが記載されている。 Patent Documents 1 and 2 disclose a coloring composition having a disazo dye and a phthalocyanine dye, and describe that an image having excellent fastness can be provided.
日本国特開2004-225004号公報Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2004-225004 日本国特開2005-146244号公報Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2005-146244
 特許文献1及び2に記載された着色組成物は、上記のように優れた性能を示すものであるが、ブロンズ光沢発生の抑制に関して更なる性能向上の余地があった。ブロンズ光沢が発生した場合、画像全体のカラーバランスが不均一になり画質が低下するため、良好な画像が得られにくくなる。また、着色組成物としては、ブロンズ光沢の抑制とともに、耐光性及び耐オゾン性も良好であることが求められる。 The colored compositions described in Patent Documents 1 and 2 exhibit excellent performance as described above, but there is room for further performance improvement regarding the suppression of bronze gloss generation. When bronze gloss occurs, the color balance of the entire image becomes non-uniform and the image quality deteriorates, making it difficult to obtain a good image. Moreover, as a coloring composition, it is calculated | required that light resistance and ozone resistance are favorable with suppression of bronze glossiness.
 本発明は、ブロンズ光沢の発生を抑制でき、かつ耐光性及び耐オゾン性に優れる着色組成物を提供することを目的とする。また、この着色組成物を含むインクジェット記録用インク、このインクジェット記録用インクを用いたインクジェット記録方法、インクカートリッジ、及びインクジェット記録物を提供することを目的とする。 An object of the present invention is to provide a coloring composition that can suppress the occurrence of bronze gloss and is excellent in light resistance and ozone resistance. Another object of the present invention is to provide an ink for ink jet recording containing the coloring composition, an ink jet recording method using the ink for ink jet recording, an ink cartridge, and an ink jet recorded matter.
 本発明者らは上記課題を解決すべく鋭意検討を重ねた結果、下記に示す着色組成物により上記目的を達成できることを見出した。作用機構は不明であるが、以下のように推察される。
 まず、本発明の着色組成物は、一般式(Q)で表される化合物(ジスアゾ染料)と、一般式(1)で表される化合物(フタロシアニン染料)を特定の質量比で含有している。これにより染料の会合が制御され、優れたオゾンガス堅牢性を保持しつつ、ブロンズ光沢の発生を抑制することができたものと考えられる。
 すなわち、上記課題は、下記の手段によって解決できる。
As a result of intensive studies to solve the above-mentioned problems, the present inventors have found that the above object can be achieved by the coloring composition shown below. The mechanism of action is unknown, but is presumed as follows.
First, the coloring composition of the present invention contains a compound represented by the general formula (Q) (disazo dye) and a compound represented by the general formula (1) (phthalocyanine dye) at a specific mass ratio. . As a result, the association of the dyes was controlled, and it was considered that the occurrence of bronze gloss could be suppressed while maintaining excellent ozone gas fastness.
That is, the above problem can be solved by the following means.
[1]
 下記一般式(Q)で表される化合物と、下記一般式(1)で表される化合物とを含有し、一般式(Q)で表される化合物の含有量に対する一般式(1)で表される化合物の含有量の比が質量基準で0.02~0.25である着色組成物。
 一般式(Q)
[1]
It contains a compound represented by the following general formula (Q) and a compound represented by the following general formula (1), and is represented by the general formula (1) with respect to the content of the compound represented by the general formula (Q). A coloring composition having a content ratio of 0.02 to 0.25 on a mass basis.
General formula (Q)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
 
 一般式(Q)中、Aはアリール基又はヘテロ環基を表す。Gは窒素原子又は-CZ=を表す。Gが-CZ=を表す場合、Zはハメットの置換基定数σp値が0.20以上の電子求引性基を表す。R101、R102及びR107は各々独立に水素原子、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、アリール基、ヘテロ環基、シアノ基、カルボキシル基、カルバモイル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アリールオキシカルボニル基、ヘテロ環オキシカルボニル基、アシル基、ヒドロキシ基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、ヘテロ環オキシ基、シリルオキシ基、アシルオキシ基、カルバモイルオキシ基、アルコキシカルボニルオキシ基、アリールオキシカルボニルオキシ基、アミノ基、アシルアミノ基、ウレイド基、スルファモイルアミノ基、アルコキシカルボニルアミノ基、アリールオキシカルボニルアミノ基、アルキルスルホニルアミノ基、アリールスルホニルアミノ基、ヘテロ環スルホニルアミノ基、ニトロ基、アルキルチオ基、アリールチオ基、ヘテロ環チオ基、アルキルスルホニル基、アリールスルホニル基、ヘテロ環スルホニル基、アルキルスルフィニル基、アリールスルフィニル基、ヘテロ環スルフィニル基、スルファモイル基、又はスルホ基を表す。R103~R106は各々独立に水素原子、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、アリール基、ヘテロ環基、アシル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アリールオキシカルボニル基、カルバモイル基、アルキルスルホニル基、アリールスルホニル基、又はスルファモイル基を表す。
 ただし、R103とR104とが共に水素原子であることはない。また、A、R101~R107はいずれも置換基を有してもよい。
 ただし、一般式(Q)で表される化合物は分子中に少なくとも1つのイオン性親水性基を有する。
In general formula (Q), A represents an aryl group or a heterocyclic group. G represents a nitrogen atom or —CZ═. When G represents —CZ═, Z represents an electron withdrawing group having a Hammett's substituent constant σp value of 0.20 or more. R 101 , R 102 and R 107 are each independently a hydrogen atom, halogen atom, alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, aryl group, heterocyclic group, cyano group, carboxyl group, carbamoyl group, alkoxycarbonyl group, aryloxycarbonyl Group, heterocyclic oxycarbonyl group, acyl group, hydroxy group, alkoxy group, aryloxy group, heterocyclic oxy group, silyloxy group, acyloxy group, carbamoyloxy group, alkoxycarbonyloxy group, aryloxycarbonyloxy group, amino group, Acylamino group, ureido group, sulfamoylamino group, alkoxycarbonylamino group, aryloxycarbonylamino group, alkylsulfonylamino group, arylsulfonylamino group, heterocyclic sulfonylamino group, nitro group, An alkylthio group, an arylthio group, a heterocyclic thio group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group, a heterocyclic sulfonyl group, an alkylsulfinyl group, an arylsulfinyl group, a heterocyclic sulfinyl group, a sulfamoyl group, or a sulfo group is represented. R 103 to R 106 are each independently a hydrogen atom, alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, aryl group, heterocyclic group, acyl group, alkoxycarbonyl group, aryloxycarbonyl group, carbamoyl group, alkylsulfonyl group, arylsulfonyl group Or a sulfamoyl group.
However, R 103 and R 104 are not both hydrogen atoms. In addition, any of A and R 101 to R 107 may have a substituent.
However, the compound represented by the general formula (Q) has at least one ionic hydrophilic group in the molecule.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
 一般式(1)中、
 R、R、R、R、R10、R11、R14及びR15は各々独立に水素原子、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルケニル基、アラルキル基、アリール基、ヘテロ環基、シアノ基、ヒドロキシル基、ニトロ基、アミノ基、アルキルアミノ基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、アミド基、アリールアミノ基、ウレイド基、スルファモイルアミノ基、アルキルチオ基、アリールチオ基、アルコキシカルボニルアミノ基、スルホンアミド基、カルバモイル基、スルファモイル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、ヘテロ環オキシ基、アゾ基、アシルオキシ基、カルバモイルオキシ基、シリルオキシ基、アリールオキシカルボニル基、アリールオキシカルボニルアミノ基、イミド基、ヘテロ環チオ基、ホスホリル基、アシル基又はイオン性親水性基を表す。これらの基は、更に置換基を有していてもよい。
 Z、Z、Z、及びZは各々独立に置換若しくは無置換のアルキル基、置換若しくは無置換のシクロアルキル基、置換若しくは無置換のアルケニル基、置換若しくは無置換のアラルキル基、置換若しくは無置換のアリール基、又は置換若しくは無置換のヘテロ環基を表す。但し、Z、Z、Z、及びZのうち少なくとも1つは、イオン性親水性基を置換基として有する。
 l、m、n、p、q、q、q及びqは各々独立に1又は2を表す。
 Mは水素原子、金属元素、金属酸化物、金属水酸化物又は金属ハロゲン化物を表す。
[2]
 上記一般式(Q)で表される化合物が、下記一般式(3-1)又は下記一般式(3-2)で表される化合物である[1]に記載の着色組成物。
In general formula (1),
R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , R 14 and R 15 are each independently a hydrogen atom, halogen atom, alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, alkenyl group, aralkyl group, aryl group, hetero group Ring group, cyano group, hydroxyl group, nitro group, amino group, alkylamino group, alkoxy group, aryloxy group, amide group, arylamino group, ureido group, sulfamoylamino group, alkylthio group, arylthio group, alkoxycarbonyl Amino group, sulfonamide group, carbamoyl group, sulfamoyl group, alkoxycarbonyl group, heterocyclic oxy group, azo group, acyloxy group, carbamoyloxy group, silyloxy group, aryloxycarbonyl group, aryloxycarbonylamino group, imido group, hetero Ring thio group, phosphoryl group, a It represents a group or an ionic hydrophilic group. These groups may further have a substituent.
Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 and Z 4 are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group, a substituted Alternatively, it represents an unsubstituted aryl group or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group. However, at least one of Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 , and Z 4 has an ionic hydrophilic group as a substituent.
l, m, n, p, q 1 , q 2 , q 3 and q 4 each independently represent 1 or 2;
M 1 represents a hydrogen atom, a metal element, a metal oxide, a metal hydroxide, or a metal halide.
[2]
The colored composition according to [1], wherein the compound represented by the general formula (Q) is a compound represented by the following general formula (3-1) or the following general formula (3-2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
 
 一般式(3-1)中、R111、R112、R113及びR114は各々独立に水素原子又は置換基を表す。X、X、X、X及びXは各々独立に水素原子又は置換基を表す。Mは各々独立に水素原子又はカウンターカチオンを表す。Gは窒素原子又は-CZ=を表す。Gが-CZ=を表す場合、Zはハメットの置換基定数σp値が0.20以上の電子求引性基を表す。 In general formula (3-1), R 111 , R 112 , R 113 and R 114 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent. X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 and X 5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent. M represents a hydrogen atom or a counter cation each independently. G represents a nitrogen atom or —CZ═. When G represents —CZ═, Z represents an electron withdrawing group having a Hammett's substituent constant σp value of 0.20 or more.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
 
 一般式(3-2)中、R203は置換基を表す。X、X、X、X及びXは各々独立に水素原子又は置換基を表す。Mは各々独立に水素原子又はカウンターカチオンを表す。Gは窒素原子又は-CZ=を表す。Gが-CZ=を表す場合、Zはハメットの置換基定数σp値が0.20以上の電子求引性基を表す。
[3]
 上記一般式(Q)で表される化合物が上記一般式(3-2)で表される化合物である[2]に記載の着色組成物。
[4]
 上記一般式(1)中、Z、Z、Z及びZは各々独立に下記一般式(3)又は下記一般式(4)で表される基である[1]~[3]のいずれか1項に記載の着色組成物。
In general formula (3-2), R 203 represents a substituent. X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 and X 5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent. M represents a hydrogen atom or a counter cation each independently. G represents a nitrogen atom or —CZ═. When G represents —CZ═, Z represents an electron withdrawing group having a Hammett's substituent constant σp value of 0.20 or more.
[3]
The coloring composition according to [2], wherein the compound represented by the general formula (Q) is a compound represented by the general formula (3-2).
[4]
In the general formula (1), Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 and Z 4 are each independently groups represented by the following general formula (3) or the following general formula (4) [1] to [3] The coloring composition of any one of these.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
 一般式(3)及び(4)中、Lは炭素数1~12のアルキレン基を表し、Mは水素原子又はカウンターカチオンを表し、R20は炭素数1~6のアルキル基を表す。*は結合部位を表す。
[5]
 上記一般式(1)が下記(1A)で表される化合物及び(1B)で表される化合物の少なくとも1種である[1]~[4]のいずれか1項に記載の着色組成物。
In general formulas (3) and (4), L represents an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, M 3 represents a hydrogen atom or a counter cation, and R 20 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. * Represents a binding site.
[5]
The colored composition according to any one of [1] to [4], wherein the general formula (1) is at least one of a compound represented by the following (1A) and a compound represented by (1B).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
[6]
 上記一般式(1)で表される化合物の含有量が上記一般式(Q)で表される化合物の含有量に対して質量比で0.05~0.15である[1]~[5]のいずれか1項に記載の着色組成物。
[7]
 着色組成物中に含有されるフタロシアニン染料が一般式(1)で表される化合物のみである[1]~[6]のいずれか1項に記載の着色組成物。
[8]
 [1]~[7]のいずれか1項に記載の着色組成物を用いるインクジェット記録用インク。
[9]
 [8]に記載のインクジェット記録用インクを用いるインクジェット記録方法。
[10]
 [8]に記載のインクジェット記録用インクを充填したインクジェットプリンタカートリッジ。
[11]
 [8]に記載のインクジェット記録用インクを用いて、被記録材に着色画像を形成したインクジェット記録物。
[6]
[1] to [5] The content of the compound represented by the general formula (1) is 0.05 to 0.15 in mass ratio with respect to the content of the compound represented by the general formula (Q). ] The coloring composition of any one of these.
[7]
The colored composition according to any one of [1] to [6], wherein the phthalocyanine dye contained in the colored composition is only the compound represented by the general formula (1).
[8]
[1] An ink for ink-jet recording using the colored composition according to any one of [7].
[9]
The inkjet recording method using the ink for inkjet recording as described in [8].
[10]
An ink jet printer cartridge filled with the ink for ink jet recording according to [8].
[11]
An ink jet recorded matter in which a colored image is formed on a recording material using the ink for ink jet recording described in [8].
 本発明によれば、ブロンズ光沢の発生を抑制でき、かつ耐光性及び耐オゾン性に優れる着色組成物を提供することができる。また、この着色組成物を含むインクジェット記録用インク、このインクジェット記録用インクを用いたインクジェット記録方法、インクカートリッジ、及びインクジェット記録物を提供することができる。 According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a coloring composition that can suppress the occurrence of bronze gloss and is excellent in light resistance and ozone resistance. In addition, an inkjet recording ink containing the coloring composition, an inkjet recording method using the inkjet recording ink, an ink cartridge, and an inkjet recorded product can be provided.
 以下に本発明について詳細に説明する。
 まず、本発明における置換基群A、置換基群B及び置換基群Cについて定義する。
The present invention is described in detail below.
First, the substituent group A, the substituent group B, and the substituent group C in the present invention are defined.
(置換基群A)
 ハロゲン原子、アルキル基、アラルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、アリール基、ヘテロ環基、シアノ基、ヒドロキシル基、ニトロ基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、シリルオキシ基、ヘテロ環オキシ基、アシルオキシ基、カルバモイルオキシ基、アルコキシカルボニルオキシ基、アリールオキシカルボニルオキシ基、アミノ基、アシルアミノ基、アミノカルボニルアミノ基、アルコキシカルボニルアミノ基、アリールオキシカルボニルアミノ基、スルファモイルアミノ基、アルキル又はアリールスルホニルアミノ基、メルカプト基、アルキルチオ基、アリールチオ基、ヘテロ環チオ基、スルファモイル基、アルキル又はアリールスルフィニル基、アルキル又はアリールスルホニル基、アシル基、アリールオキシカルボニル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、カルバモイル基、アリール又はヘテロ環アゾ基、イミド基、ホスフィノ基、ホスフィニル基、ホスフィニルオキシ基、ホスフィニルアミノ基、シリル基、イオン性親水性基が例として挙げられる。これらの置換基は更に置換されてもよく、更なる置換基としては、以上に説明した置換基群Aから選択される基を挙げることができる。
(Substituent group A)
Halogen atom, alkyl group, aralkyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, aryl group, heterocyclic group, cyano group, hydroxyl group, nitro group, alkoxy group, aryloxy group, silyloxy group, heterocyclic oxy group, acyloxy group, carbamoyl Oxy group, alkoxycarbonyloxy group, aryloxycarbonyloxy group, amino group, acylamino group, aminocarbonylamino group, alkoxycarbonylamino group, aryloxycarbonylamino group, sulfamoylamino group, alkyl or arylsulfonylamino group, mercapto Group, alkylthio group, arylthio group, heterocyclic thio group, sulfamoyl group, alkyl or arylsulfinyl group, alkyl or arylsulfonyl group, acyl group, aryloxycarbonyl group, Job aryloxycarbonyl group, a carbamoyl group, an aryl or heterocyclic azo group, an imido group, a phosphino group, phosphinyl group, phosphinyloxy group, phosphinylamino group, a silyl group, an ionic hydrophilic group mentioned as an example. These substituents may be further substituted, and examples of the further substituent include a group selected from the substituent group A described above.
 ハロゲン原子としては、例えば、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、又はヨウ素原子が挙げられる。 Examples of the halogen atom include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom.
 アルキル基としては、直鎖、分岐、環状の置換若しくは無置換のアルキル基が挙げられ、シクロアルキル基、ビシクロアルキル基、更に環構造が多いトリシクロ構造なども包含するものである。以下に説明する置換基の中のアルキル基(例えば、アルコキシ基、アルキルチオ基のアルキル基)もこのような概念のアルキル基を表す。
 アルキル基としては、好ましくは、炭素数1から30のアルキル基、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、i-プロピル基、t-ブチル基、n-オクチル基、エイコシル基、2-クロロエチル基、2-シアノエチル基、2―エチルヘキシル基等が挙げられ、シクロアルキル基としては、好ましくは、炭素数3から30の置換又は無置換のシクロアルキル基、例えば、シクロヘキシル基、シクロペンチル基、4-n-ドデシルシクロヘキシル基等が挙げられ、ビシクロアルキル基としては、好ましくは、炭素数5から30の置換若しくは無置換のビシクロアルキル基、つまり、炭素数5から30のビシクロアルカンから水素原子を一個取り去った一価の基、例えば、ビシクロ[1,2,2]ヘプタン-2-イル基、ビシクロ[2,2,2]オクタン-3-イル基等が挙げられる。
Examples of the alkyl group include linear, branched, and cyclic substituted or unsubstituted alkyl groups, and include cycloalkyl groups, bicycloalkyl groups, and tricyclo structures having many ring structures. An alkyl group (for example, an alkyl group of an alkoxy group or an alkylthio group) in a substituent described below also represents such an alkyl group.
As the alkyl group, an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an i-propyl group, a t-butyl group, an n-octyl group, an eicosyl group, 2- Examples thereof include a chloroethyl group, a 2-cyanoethyl group, a 2-ethylhexyl group, etc. The cycloalkyl group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a cyclohexyl group, a cyclopentyl group, 4 -N-dodecylcyclohexyl group and the like, and the bicycloalkyl group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted bicycloalkyl group having 5 to 30 carbon atoms, that is, one hydrogen atom from a bicycloalkane having 5 to 30 carbon atoms. Monovalent groups removed, such as bicyclo [1,2,2] heptan-2-yl group, bicyclo [2,2 2] octan-3-yl group.
 アラルキル基としては、置換若しくは無置換のアラルキル基が挙げられ、置換若しくは無置換のアラルキル基としては、炭素原子数が7~30のアラルキル基が好ましい。例えばベンジル基及び2-フェネチル基を挙げられる。 Examples of the aralkyl group include a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group, and the substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group is preferably an aralkyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms. Examples thereof include a benzyl group and a 2-phenethyl group.
 アルケニル基としては、直鎖、分岐、環状の置換若しくは無置換のアルケニル基が挙げられ、シクロアルケニル基、ビシクロアルケニル基を包含する。
 アルケニル基としては、好ましくは、炭素数2から30の置換又は無置換のアルケニル基、例えば、ビニル基、アリル基、プレニル基、ゲラニル基、オレイル基等が挙げられ、シクロアルケニル基としては、好ましくは、炭素数3から30の置換若しくは無置換のシクロアルケニル基、つまり、炭素数3から30のシクロアルケンの水素原子を一個取り去った一価の基、例えば、2-シクロペンテン-1-イル基、2-シクロヘキセン-1-イル基等が挙げられ、ビシクロアルケニル基としては、置換若しくは無置換のビシクロアルケニル基、好ましくは、炭素数5から30の置換若しくは無置換のビシクロアルケニル基、つまり二重結合を一個持つビシクロアルケンの水素原子を一個取り去った一価の基、例えば、ビシクロ[2,2,1]ヘプト-2-エン-1-イル基、ビシクロ[2,2,2]オクト-2-エン-4-イル基等が挙げられる。
Examples of the alkenyl group include linear, branched, and cyclic substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl groups, and include cycloalkenyl groups and bicycloalkenyl groups.
Preferred examples of the alkenyl group include substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl groups having 2 to 30 carbon atoms such as vinyl group, allyl group, prenyl group, geranyl group, and oleyl group. Preferred examples of the cycloalkenyl group include Is a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms, that is, a monovalent group obtained by removing one hydrogen atom of a cycloalkene having 3 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a 2-cyclopenten-1-yl group, 2-cyclohexen-1-yl group and the like. As the bicycloalkenyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted bicycloalkenyl group, preferably a substituted or unsubstituted bicycloalkenyl group having 5 to 30 carbon atoms, that is, a double bond A monovalent group obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from a bicycloalkene having one of, for example, bicyclo [2,2,1] Hept-2-en-1-yl group, a bicyclo [2,2,2] oct-2-en-4-yl group and the like.
 アルキニル基としては、好ましくは、炭素数2から30の置換又は無置換のアルキニル基、例えば、エチニル基、プロパルギル基、トリメチルシリルエチニル基等が挙げられる。 The alkynyl group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, such as an ethynyl group, a propargyl group, a trimethylsilylethynyl group, and the like.
 アリール基としては、好ましくは、炭素数6から30の置換若しくは無置換のアリール基、例えば、フェニル基、p-トリル基、ナフチル基、m-クロロフェニル基、o-ヘキサデカノイルアミノフェニル基等が挙げられる。 The aryl group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a phenyl group, a p-tolyl group, a naphthyl group, an m-chlorophenyl group, an o-hexadecanoylaminophenyl group, and the like. Can be mentioned.
 ヘテロ環基としては、好ましくは、5又は6員の置換若しくは無置換の芳香族若しくは非芳香族のヘテロ環化合物から一個の水素原子を取り除いた一価の基であり、更に好ましくは、炭素数3から30の5又は6員の芳香族のヘテロ環基、例えば、2-フリル基、2-チエニル基、2-ピリミジニル基、2-ベンゾチアゾリル基等が挙げられる。非芳香族のヘテロ環基の例としては、モルホリニル基等が挙げられる。 The heterocyclic group is preferably a monovalent group obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from a 5- or 6-membered substituted or unsubstituted aromatic or non-aromatic heterocyclic compound, and more preferably a carbon number. Examples thereof include 3 to 30 5- or 6-membered aromatic heterocyclic groups such as a 2-furyl group, a 2-thienyl group, a 2-pyrimidinyl group, and a 2-benzothiazolyl group. Examples of non-aromatic heterocyclic groups include morpholinyl groups.
 アルコキシ基としては、好ましくは、炭素数1から30の置換若しくは無置換のアルコキシ基、例えば、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、イソプロポキシ基、t-ブトキシ基、n-オクチルオキシ基、2-メトキシエトキシ基等が挙げられる。 The alkoxy group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, an isopropoxy group, a t-butoxy group, an n-octyloxy group, or a 2-methoxyethoxy group. Etc.
 アリールオキシ基としては、好ましくは、炭素数6から30の置換若しくは無置換のアリールオキシ基、例えば、フェノキシ基、2-メチルフェノキシ基、4-t-ブチルフェノキシ基、3-ニトロフェノキシ基、2-テトラデカノイルアミノフェノキシ基等が挙げられる。 The aryloxy group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryloxy group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a phenoxy group, 2-methylphenoxy group, 4-t-butylphenoxy group, 3-nitrophenoxy group, 2 -Tetradecanoylaminophenoxy group and the like.
 シリルオキシ基としては、好ましくは、炭素数0から20の置換若しくは無置換のシリルオキシ基、例えば、トリメチルシリルオキシ基、ジフェニルメチルシリルオキシ基等が挙げられる。 Preferred examples of the silyloxy group include substituted or unsubstituted silyloxy groups having 0 to 20 carbon atoms, such as trimethylsilyloxy group and diphenylmethylsilyloxy group.
 ヘテロ環オキシ基としては、好ましくは、炭素数2から30の置換若しくは無置換のヘテロ環オキシ基、例えば、1-フェニルテトラゾール-5-オキシ基、2-テトラヒドロピラニルオキシ基等が挙げられる。 The heterocyclic oxy group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic oxy group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a 1-phenyltetrazol-5-oxy group and a 2-tetrahydropyranyloxy group.
 アシルオキシ基としては、好ましくは、ホルミルオキシ基、炭素数2から30の置換若しくは無置換のアルキルカルボニルオキシ基、炭素数6から30の置換若しくは無置換のアリールカルボニルオキシ基、例えば、アセチルオキシ基、ピバロイルオキシ基、ステアロイルオキシ基、ベンゾイルオキシ基、p-メトキシフェニルカルボニルオキシ基等が挙げられる。 The acyloxy group is preferably a formyloxy group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkylcarbonyloxy group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted arylcarbonyloxy group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, such as an acetyloxy group, Examples include pivaloyloxy group, stearoyloxy group, benzoyloxy group, p-methoxyphenylcarbonyloxy group and the like.
 カルバモイルオキシ基としては、好ましくは、炭素数1から30の置換若しくは無置換のカルバモイルオキシ基、例えば、N,N-ジメチルカルバモイルオキシ基、N,N-ジエチルカルバモイルオキシ基、モルホリノカルボニルオキシ基、N,N-ジ-n-オクチルアミノカルボニルオキシ基、N-n-オクチルカルバモイルオキシ基等が挙げられる。 The carbamoyloxy group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted carbamoyloxy group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, such as N, N-dimethylcarbamoyloxy group, N, N-diethylcarbamoyloxy group, morpholinocarbonyloxy group, N , N-di-n-octylaminocarbonyloxy group, Nn-octylcarbamoyloxy group and the like.
 アルコキシカルボニルオキシ基としては、好ましくは、炭素数2から30の置換若しくは無置換アルコキシカルボニルオキシ基、例えば、メトキシカルボニルオキシ基、エトキシカルボニルオキシ基、t-ブトキシカルボニルオキシ基、n-オクチルカルボニルオキシ基等が挙げられる。 The alkoxycarbonyloxy group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyloxy group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a methoxycarbonyloxy group, an ethoxycarbonyloxy group, a t-butoxycarbonyloxy group, or an n-octylcarbonyloxy group. Etc.
 アリールオキシカルボニルオキシ基としては、好ましくは、炭素数7から30の置換若しくは無置換のアリールオキシカルボニルオキシ基、例えば、フェノキシカルボニルオキシ基、p-メトキシフェノキシカルボニルオキシ基、p-n-ヘキサデシルオキシフェノキシカルボニルオキシ基等が挙げられる。 As the aryloxycarbonyloxy group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryloxycarbonyloxy group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms such as phenoxycarbonyloxy group, p-methoxyphenoxycarbonyloxy group, pn-hexadecyloxy is preferable. Examples include phenoxycarbonyloxy group.
 アミノ基としては、アルキルアミノ基、アリールアミノ基、ヘテロ環アミノ基を含み、好ましくは、アミノ基、炭素数1から30の置換若しくは無置換のアルキルアミノ基、炭素数6から30の置換若しくは無置換のアニリノ基、例えば、メチルアミノ基、ジメチルアミノ基、アニリノ基、N-メチル-アニリノ基、ジフェニルアミノ基、トリアジニルアミノ基等が挙げられる。 The amino group includes an alkylamino group, an arylamino group, and a heterocyclic amino group, preferably an amino group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkylamino group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms. Examples of the substituted anilino group include a methylamino group, a dimethylamino group, an anilino group, an N-methyl-anilino group, a diphenylamino group, and a triazinylamino group.
 アシルアミノ基としては、好ましくは、ホルミルアミノ基、炭素数1から30の置換若しくは無置換のアルキルカルボニルアミノ基、炭素数6から30の置換若しくは無置換のアリールカルボニルアミノ基、例えば、アセチルアミノ基、ピバロイルアミノ基、ラウロイルアミノ基、ベンゾイルアミノ基、3,4,5-トリ-n-オクチルオキシフェニルカルボニルアミノ基等が挙げられる。 The acylamino group is preferably a formylamino group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkylcarbonylamino group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted arylcarbonylamino group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, such as an acetylamino group, Examples include pivaloylamino group, lauroylamino group, benzoylamino group, 3,4,5-tri-n-octyloxyphenylcarbonylamino group, and the like.
 アミノカルボニルアミノ基としては、好ましくは、炭素数1から30の置換若しくは無置換のアミノカルボニルアミノ基、例えば、カルバモイルアミノ基、N,N-ジメチルアミノカルボニルアミノ基、N,N-ジエチルアミノカルボニルアミノ基、モルホリノカルボニルアミノ基等が挙げられる。 The aminocarbonylamino group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aminocarbonylamino group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a carbamoylamino group, N, N-dimethylaminocarbonylamino group, N, N-diethylaminocarbonylamino group. And a morpholinocarbonylamino group.
 アルコキシカルボニルアミノ基としては、好ましくは、炭素数2から30の置換若しくは無置換アルコキシカルボニルアミノ基、例えば、メトキシカルボニルアミノ基、エトキシカルボニルアミノ基、t-ブトキシカルボニルアミノ基、n-オクタデシルオキシカルボニルアミノ基、N-メチルーメトキシカルボニルアミノ基等が挙げられる。 The alkoxycarbonylamino group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonylamino group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a methoxycarbonylamino group, an ethoxycarbonylamino group, a t-butoxycarbonylamino group, or an n-octadecyloxycarbonylamino group. Group, N-methyl-methoxycarbonylamino group and the like.
 アリールオキシカルボニルアミノ基としては、好ましくは、炭素数7から30の置換若しくは無置換のアリールオキシカルボニルアミノ基、例えば、フェノキシカルボニルアミノ基、p-クロロフェノキシカルボニルアミノ基、m-n-オクチルオキシフェノキシカルボニルアミノ基等が挙げられる。 The aryloxycarbonylamino group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryloxycarbonylamino group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms, such as phenoxycarbonylamino group, p-chlorophenoxycarbonylamino group, mn-octyloxyphenoxy. Examples thereof include a carbonylamino group.
 スルファモイルアミノ基としては、好ましくは、炭素数0から30の置換若しくは無置換のスルファモイルアミノ基、例えば、スルファモイルアミノ基、N,N-ジメチルアミノスルホニルアミノ基、N-n-オクチルアミノスルホニルアミノ基等が挙げられる。 The sulfamoylamino group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted sulfamoylamino group having 0 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a sulfamoylamino group, N, N-dimethylaminosulfonylamino group, Nn- Examples include octylaminosulfonylamino group.
 アルキル又はアリールスルホニルアミノ基としては、好ましくは、炭素数1から30の置換若しくは無置換のアルキルスルホニルアミノ基、炭素数6から30の置換若しくは無置換のアリールスルホニルアミノ基、例えば、メチルスルホニルアミノ基、ブチルスルホニルアミノ基、フェニルスルホニルアミノ基、2,3,5-トリクロロフェニルスルホニルアミノ基、p-メチルフェニルスルホニルアミノ基等が挙げられる。
 アルキルチオ基としては、好ましくは、炭素数1から30の置換若しくは無置換のアルキルチオ基、例えば、メチルチオ基、エチルチオ基、n-ヘキサデシルチオ基等が挙げられる。
The alkyl or arylsulfonylamino group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkylsulfonylamino group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted arylsulfonylamino group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a methylsulfonylamino group. Butylsulfonylamino group, phenylsulfonylamino group, 2,3,5-trichlorophenylsulfonylamino group, p-methylphenylsulfonylamino group, and the like.
The alkylthio group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkylthio group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a methylthio group, an ethylthio group, and an n-hexadecylthio group.
 アリールチオ基としては、好ましくは、炭素数6から30の置換若しくは無置換のアリールチオ基、例えば、フェニルチオ基、p-クロロフェニルチオ基、m-メトキシフェニルチオ基等が挙げられる。 The arylthio group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted arylthio group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a phenylthio group, a p-chlorophenylthio group, and an m-methoxyphenylthio group.
 ヘテロ環チオ基としては、好ましくは、炭素数2から30の置換又は無置換のヘテロ環チオ基、例えば、2-ベンゾチアゾリルチオ基、1-フェニルテトラゾール-5-イルチオ基等が挙げられる。 Preferred examples of the heterocyclic thio group include substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic thio groups having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, such as 2-benzothiazolylthio group and 1-phenyltetrazol-5-ylthio group.
 スルファモイル基としては、好ましくは、炭素数0から30の置換若しくは無置換のスルファモイル基、例えば、N-エチルスルファモイル基、N-(3-ドデシルオキシプロピル)スルファモイル基、N,N-ジメチルスルファモイル基、N-アセチルスルファモイル基、N-ベンゾイルスルファモイル基、N-(N’-フェニルカルバモイル)スルファモイル基等が挙げられる。 The sulfamoyl group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted sulfamoyl group having 0 to 30 carbon atoms, such as N-ethylsulfamoyl group, N- (3-dodecyloxypropyl) sulfamoyl group, N, N-dimethylsulfuryl group. Examples include a famoyl group, an N-acetylsulfamoyl group, an N-benzoylsulfamoyl group, and an N- (N′-phenylcarbamoyl) sulfamoyl group.
 アルキル又はアリールスルフィニル基としては、好ましくは、炭素数1から30の置換又は無置換のアルキルスルフィニル基、炭素数6から30の置換又は無置換のアリールスルフィニル基、例えば、メチルスルフィニル基、エチルスルフィニル基、フェニルスルフィニル基、p-メチルフェニルスルフィニル基等が挙げられる。 The alkyl or arylsulfinyl group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkylsulfinyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted arylsulfinyl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a methylsulfinyl group or an ethylsulfinyl group. , Phenylsulfinyl group, p-methylphenylsulfinyl group and the like.
 アルキル又はアリールスルホニル基としては、好ましくは、炭素数1から30の置換又は無置換のアルキルスルホニル基、炭素数6から30の置換又は無置換のアリールスルホニル基、例えば、メチルスルホニル基、エチルスルホニル基、フェニルスルホニル基、p-メチルフェニルスルホニル基等が挙げられる。 The alkyl or arylsulfonyl group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkylsulfonyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted arylsulfonyl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a methylsulfonyl group or an ethylsulfonyl group. , Phenylsulfonyl group, p-methylphenylsulfonyl group and the like.
 アシル基としては、好ましくは、ホルミル基、炭素数2から30の置換又は無置換のアルキルカルボニル基、炭素数7から30の置換若しくは無置換のアリールカルボニル基、炭素数2から30の置換若しくは無置換の炭素原子でカルボニル基と結合しているヘテロ環カルボニル基、例えば、アセチル基、ピバロイル基、2-クロロアセチル基、ステアロイル基、ベンゾイル基、p-n-オクチルオキシフェニルカルボニル基、2-ピリジルカルボニル基、2-フリルカルボニル基等が挙げられる。 The acyl group is preferably a formyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkylcarbonyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted arylcarbonyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms. Heterocyclic carbonyl groups bonded to carbonyl groups at substituted carbon atoms, eg, acetyl, pivaloyl, 2-chloroacetyl, stearoyl, benzoyl, pn-octyloxyphenylcarbonyl, 2-pyridyl Examples thereof include a carbonyl group and a 2-furylcarbonyl group.
 アリールオキシカルボニル基としては、好ましくは、炭素数7から30の置換若しくは無置換のアリールオキシカルボニル基、例えば、フェノキシカルボニル基、o-クロロフェノキシカルボニル基、m-ニトロフェノキシカルボニル基、p-t-ブチルフェノキシカルボニル基等が挙げられる。 The aryloxycarbonyl group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryloxycarbonyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a phenoxycarbonyl group, an o-chlorophenoxycarbonyl group, an m-nitrophenoxycarbonyl group, pt- A butylphenoxycarbonyl group etc. are mentioned.
 アルコキシカルボニル基としては、好ましくは、炭素数2から30の置換若しくは無置換アルコキシカルボニル基、例えば、メトキシカルボニル基、エトキシカルボニル基、t-ブトキシカルボニル基、n-オクタデシルオキシカルボニル基等が挙げられる。 The alkoxycarbonyl group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a methoxycarbonyl group, an ethoxycarbonyl group, a t-butoxycarbonyl group, and an n-octadecyloxycarbonyl group.
 カルバモイル基としては、好ましくは、炭素数1から30の置換若しくは無置換のカルバモイル基、例えば、カルバモイル基、N-メチルカルバモイル基、N,N-ジメチルカルバモイル基、N,N-ジ-n-オクチルカルバモイル基、N-(メチルスルホニル)カルバモイル基等が挙げられる。 The carbamoyl group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted carbamoyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a carbamoyl group, an N-methylcarbamoyl group, an N, N-dimethylcarbamoyl group, or an N, N-di-n-octyl group. A carbamoyl group, an N- (methylsulfonyl) carbamoyl group, and the like can be given.
 アリール又はヘテロ環アゾ基としては、好ましくは炭素数6から30の置換若しくは無置換のアリールアゾ基、炭素数3から30の置換若しくは無置換のヘテロ環アゾ基、例えば、フェニルアゾ基、p-クロロフェニルアゾ基、5-エチルチオ-1,3,4-チアジアゾール-2-イルアゾ基等が挙げられる。 The aryl or heterocyclic azo group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted arylazo group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic azo group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a phenylazo group, p-chlorophenylazo Group, 5-ethylthio-1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-ylazo group and the like.
 イミド基としては、好ましくは、N-スクシンイミド基、N-フタルイミド基等が挙げられる。 Preferred examples of the imide group include an N-succinimide group and an N-phthalimide group.
 ホスフィノ基としては、好ましくは、炭素数0から30の置換若しくは無置換のホスフィノ基、例えば、ジメチルホスフィノ基、ジフェニルホスフィノ基、メチルフェノキシホスフィノ基等が挙げられる。 The phosphino group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted phosphino group having 0 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a dimethylphosphino group, a diphenylphosphino group, a methylphenoxyphosphino group, and the like.
 ホスフィニル基としては、好ましくは、炭素数0から30の置換若しくは無置換のホスフィニル基、例えば、ホスフィニル基、ジオクチルオキシホスフィニル基、ジエトキシホスフィニル基等が挙げられる。 The phosphinyl group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted phosphinyl group having 0 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a phosphinyl group, a dioctyloxyphosphinyl group, a diethoxyphosphinyl group, and the like.
 ホスフィニルオキシ基としては、好ましくは、炭素数0から30の置換若しくは無置換のホスフィニルオキシ基、例えば、ジフェノキシホスフィニルオキシ基、ジオクチルオキシホスフィニルオキシ基等が挙げられる。 The phosphinyloxy group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted phosphinyloxy group having 0 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a diphenoxyphosphinyloxy group and a dioctyloxyphosphinyloxy group.
 ホスフィニルアミノ基としては、好ましくは、炭素数0から30の置換若しくは無置換のホスフィニルアミノ基、例えば、ジメトキシホスフィニルアミノ基、ジメチルアミノホスフィニルアミノ基が挙げられる。 The phosphinylamino group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted phosphinylamino group having 0 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a dimethoxyphosphinylamino group or a dimethylaminophosphinylamino group.
 シリル基としては、好ましくは、炭素数0から30の置換若しくは無置換のシリル基、例えば、トリメチルシリル基、t-ブチルジメチルシリル基、フェニルジメチルシリル基等が挙げられる。 Preferred examples of the silyl group include substituted or unsubstituted silyl groups having 0 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a trimethylsilyl group, a t-butyldimethylsilyl group, and a phenyldimethylsilyl group.
 イオン性親水性基としては、スルホ基、カルボキシル基、チオカルボキシル基、スルフィノ基、ホスホノ基、ジヒドロキシホスフィノ基、4級アンモニウム基などが挙げられる。特に好ましくはスルホ基、カルボキシル基である。またカルボキシル基、ホスホノ基及びスルホ基は塩の状態であってもよく、塩を形成する対カチオンの例には、アンモニウムイオン、アルカリ金属イオン(例、リチウムイオン、ナトリウムイオン、カリウムイオン)及び有機カチオン(例、テトラメチルアンモニウムイオン、テトラメチルグアニジウムイオン、テトラメチルホスホニウム)が含まれ、リチウム塩、ナトリウム塩、カリウム塩、アンモニウム塩が好ましく、リチウム塩、ナトリウム塩又はリチウム塩を主成分とする混合塩が更に好ましく、リチウム塩又はリチウム塩を主成分とする混合塩が最も好ましい。 Examples of the ionic hydrophilic group include a sulfo group, a carboxyl group, a thiocarboxyl group, a sulfino group, a phosphono group, a dihydroxyphosphino group, and a quaternary ammonium group. Particularly preferred are a sulfo group and a carboxyl group. The carboxyl group, phosphono group and sulfo group may be in the form of a salt. Examples of counter cations that form a salt include ammonium ion, alkali metal ion (eg, lithium ion, sodium ion, potassium ion) and organic. Cations (eg, tetramethylammonium ion, tetramethylguanidinium ion, tetramethylphosphonium) are included, and lithium salt, sodium salt, potassium salt, and ammonium salt are preferable, and lithium salt, sodium salt, or lithium salt is a main component. The mixed salt is more preferable, and a lithium salt or a mixed salt containing a lithium salt as a main component is most preferable.
(置換基群B)
 炭素数1~12の直鎖又は分岐鎖アルキル基、炭素数7~18の直鎖又は分岐鎖アラルキル基、炭素数2~12の直鎖又は分岐鎖アルケニル基、炭素数2~12の直鎖又は分岐鎖アルキニル基、炭素数3~12のシクロアルキル基、炭素数3~12のシクロアルケニル基(例えばメチル、エチル、n-プロピル、i-プロピル、n-ブチル、i-ブチル、sec-ブチル、t-ブチル、2-エチルヘキシル、2-メチルスルホニルエチル、3-フェノキシプロピル、トリフルオロメチル、シクロペンチル)、ハロゲン原子(例えば、塩素原子、臭素原子)、アリール基(例えば、フェニル、4-t-ブチルフェニル、2,4-ジ-t-アミルフェニル)、ヘテロ環基(例えば、イミダゾリル、ピラゾリル、トリアゾリル、2-フリル、2-チエニル、2-ピリミジニル、2-ベンゾチアゾリル)、シアノ基、ヒドロキシル基、ニトロ基、カルボキシ基、アミノ基、アルキルオキシ基(例えば、メトキシ、エトキシ、2-メトキシエトキシ、2-メチルスルホニルエトキシ)、アリールオキシ基(例えば、フェノキシ、2-メチルフェノキシ、4-t-ブチルフェノキシ、3-ニトロフェノキシ、3-t-ブチルオキシカルボニルフェノキシ、3-メトキシカルボニルフェニルオキシ、アシルアミノ基(例えば、アセトアミド、ベンズアミド、4-(3-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェノキシ)ブタンアミド)、アルキルアミノ基(例えば、メチルアミノ、ブチルアミノ、ジエチルアミノ、メチルブチルアミノ)、アリールアミノ基(例えば、フェニルアミノ、2-クロロアニリノ)、ウレイド基(例えば、フェニルウレイド、メチルウレイド、N,N-ジブチルウレイド)、スルファモイルアミノ基(例えば、N,N-ジプロピルスルファモイルアミノ)、アルキルチオ基(例えば、メチルチオ、オクチルチオ、2-フェノキシエチルチオ)、アリールチオ基(例えば、フェニルチオ、2-ブトキシ-5-t-オクチルフェニルチオ、2-カルボキシフェニルチオ)、アルキルオキシカルボニルアミノ基(例えば、メトキシカルボニルアミノ)、アルキルスルホニルアミノ基及びアリールスルホニルアミノ基(例えば、メチルスルホニルアミノ、フェニルスルホニルアミノ、p-トルエンスルホニルアミノ)、カルバモイル基(例えば、N-エチルカルバモイル、N,N-ジブチルカルバモイル)、スルファモイル基(例えば、N-エチルスルファモイル、N,N-ジプロピルスルファモイル、N-フェニルスルファモイル)、アルキルスルホニル基(例えば、メチルスルホニル、オクチルスルホニル)、アリールスルホニル基(例えば、フェニルスルホニル、p-トルエンスルホニル)、アルキルオキシカルボニル基(例えば、メトキシカルボニル、ブチルオキシカルボニル)、ヘテロ環オキシ基(例えば、1-フェニルテトラゾール-5-オキシ、2-テトラヒドロピラニルオキシ)、アゾ基(例えば、フェニルアゾ、4-メトキシフェニルアゾ、4-ピバロイルアミノフェニルアゾ、2-ヒドロキシ-4-プロパノイルフェニルアゾ)、アシルオキシ基(例えば、アセトキシ)、カルバモイルオキシ基(例えば、N-メチルカルバモイルオキシ、N-フェニルカルバモイルオキシ)、シリルオキシ基(例えば、トリメチルシリルオキシ、ジブチルメチルシリルオキシ)、アリールオキシカルボニルアミノ基(例えば、フェノキシカルボニルアミノ)、イミド基(例えば、N-スクシンイミド、N-フタルイミド)、ヘテロ環チオ基(例えば、2-ベンゾチアゾリルチオ、2,4-ジ-フェノキシ-1,3,5-トリアゾール-6-チオ、2-ピリジルチオ)、スルフィニル基(例えば、3-フェノキシプロピルスルフィニル)、ホスホニル基(例えば、フェノキシホスホニル、オクチルオキシホスホニル、フェニルホスホニル)、アリールオキシカルボニル基(例えば、フェノキシカルボニル)、アシル基(例えば、アセチル、3-フェニルプロパノイル、ベンゾイル)、イオン性親水性基(カルボキシル基、スルホ基など)が挙げられる。これらの置換基は更に置換されてもよく、更なる置換基としては、以上に説明した置換基群Bから選択される基を挙げることができる。
(Substituent group B)
Straight or branched alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, straight or branched aralkyl group having 7 to 18 carbon atoms, straight or branched alkenyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, straight chain having 2 to 12 carbon atoms Or a branched alkynyl group, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms, a cycloalkenyl group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms (for example, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, i-propyl, n-butyl, i-butyl, sec-butyl) , T-butyl, 2-ethylhexyl, 2-methylsulfonylethyl, 3-phenoxypropyl, trifluoromethyl, cyclopentyl), halogen atom (eg, chlorine atom, bromine atom), aryl group (eg, phenyl, 4-t- Butylphenyl, 2,4-di-t-amylphenyl), heterocyclic groups (eg imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, 2-furyl, 2-thiol) Nyl, 2-pyrimidinyl, 2-benzothiazolyl), cyano group, hydroxyl group, nitro group, carboxy group, amino group, alkyloxy group (eg methoxy, ethoxy, 2-methoxyethoxy, 2-methylsulfonylethoxy), aryloxy Groups (for example, phenoxy, 2-methylphenoxy, 4-t-butylphenoxy, 3-nitrophenoxy, 3-t-butyloxycarbonylphenoxy, 3-methoxycarbonylphenyloxy, acylamino groups (for example, acetamide, benzamide, 4- (3-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenoxy) butanamide), alkylamino groups (eg methylamino, butylamino, diethylamino, methylbutylamino), arylamino groups (eg phenylamino, 2-chloroanilino) Ureido groups (eg phenylureido, methylureido, N, N-dibutylureido), sulfamoylamino groups (eg N, N-dipropylsulfamoylamino), alkylthio groups (eg methylthio, octylthio, 2- Phenoxyethylthio), arylthio groups (eg phenylthio, 2-butoxy-5-t-octylphenylthio, 2-carboxyphenylthio), alkyloxycarbonylamino groups (eg methoxycarbonylamino), alkylsulfonylamino groups and aryls Sulfonylamino group (eg, methylsulfonylamino, phenylsulfonylamino, p-toluenesulfonylamino), carbamoyl group (eg, N-ethylcarbamoyl, N, N-dibutylcarbamoyl), sulfamoyl group (eg For example, N-ethylsulfamoyl, N, N-dipropylsulfamoyl, N-phenylsulfamoyl), alkylsulfonyl group (for example, methylsulfonyl, octylsulfonyl), arylsulfonyl group (for example, phenylsulfonyl, p- Toluenesulfonyl), alkyloxycarbonyl groups (eg methoxycarbonyl, butyloxycarbonyl), heterocyclic oxy groups (eg 1-phenyltetrazol-5-oxy, 2-tetrahydropyranyloxy), azo groups (eg phenylazo, 4-methoxyphenylazo, 4-pivaloylaminophenylazo, 2-hydroxy-4-propanoylphenylazo), acyloxy group (for example, acetoxy), carbamoyloxy group (for example, N-methylcarbamoyloxy, N-phenyl) Rucarbamoyloxy), silyloxy groups (eg trimethylsilyloxy, dibutylmethylsilyloxy), aryloxycarbonylamino groups (eg phenoxycarbonylamino), imide groups (eg N-succinimide, N-phthalimide), heterocyclic thio groups ( For example, 2-benzothiazolylthio, 2,4-di-phenoxy-1,3,5-triazole-6-thio, 2-pyridylthio), a sulfinyl group (for example, 3-phenoxypropylsulfinyl), a phosphonyl group (for example, , Phenoxyphosphonyl, octyloxyphosphonyl, phenylphosphonyl), aryloxycarbonyl groups (eg, phenoxycarbonyl), acyl groups (eg, acetyl, 3-phenylpropanoyl, benzoyl), ionic hydrophilic groups (caps Bokishiru group, a sulfo group). These substituents may be further substituted, and examples of the further substituent include a group selected from the substituent group B described above.
(置換基群C)
 ハロゲン原子(例えば、塩素原子、臭素原子);炭素数1~12の直鎖状又は分岐状鎖アルキル基、炭素数7~18のアラルキル基、炭素数2~12のアルケニル基、炭素数2~12の直鎖状又は分岐鎖状アルキニル基、側鎖を有していてもよい炭素数3~12のシクロアルキル基、側鎖を有していてもよい炭素数3~12のシクロアルケニル基(上記基の具体的例として、例えばメチル、エチル、プロピル、イソプロピル、t-ブチル、2-メタンスルホニルエチル、3-フェノキシプロピル、トリフルオロメチル、シクロペンチル):アリール基(例えば、フェニル、4-t-ブチルフェニル、2,4-ジ-t-アミルフェニル);ヘテロ環基(例えば、イミダゾリル、ピラゾリル、トリアゾリル、2-フリル、2-チエニル、2-ピリミジニル、2-ベンゾチアゾリル);アルキルオキシ基(例えば、メトキシ、エトキシ、2-メトキシエトキシ、2-メタンスルホニルエトキシ);アリールオキシ基(例えば、フェノキシ、2-メチルフェノキシ、4-t-ブチルフェノキシ、3-ニトロフェノキシ、3-t-ブチルオキシカルバモイルフェノキシ、3-メトキシカルバモイル);アシルアミノ基(例えば、アセトアミド、ベンズアミド、4-(3-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェノキシ)ブタンアミド);アルキルアミノ基(例えば、メチルアミノ、ブチルアミノ、ジエチルアミノ、メチルブチルアミノ);アニリノ基(例えば、フェニルアミノ、2-クロロアニリノ;ウレイド基(例えば、フェニルウレイド、メチルウレイド、N,N-ジブチルウレイド);スルファモイルアミノ基(例えば、N,N-ジプロピルスルファモイルアミノ);アルキルチオ基(例えば、メチルチオ、オクチルチオ、2-フェノキシエチルチオ);アリールチオ基(例えば、フェニルチオ、2-ブトキシ-5-t-オクチルフェニルチオ、2-カルボキシフェニルチオ);アルキルオキシカルボニルアミノ基(例えば、メトキシカルボニルアミノ);スルホンアミド基(例えば、メタンスルホンアミド、ベンゼンスルホンアミド、p-トルエンスルホンアミド、オクタデカン);カルバモイル基(例えば、N-エチルカルバモイル、N,N-ジブチルカルバモイル);スルファモイル基(例えば、N-エチルスルファモイル、N,N-ジプロピルスルファモイル、N,N-ジエチルスルファモイル);スルホニル基(例えば、メタンスルホニル、オクタンスルホニル、ベンゼンスルホニル、トルエンスルホニル);アルキルオキシカルボニル基(例えば、メトキシカルボニル、ブチルオキシカルボニル);ヘテロ環オキシ基(例えば、1-フェニルテトラゾール-5-オキシ、2-テトラヒドロピラニルオキシ);アゾ基(例えば、フェニルアゾ、4-メトキシフェニルアゾ、4-ピバロイルアミノフェニルアゾ、2-ヒドロキシ-4-プロパノイルフェニルアゾ);アシルオキシ基(例えば、アセトキシ);カルバモイルオキシ基(例えば、N-メチルカルバモイルオキシ、N-フェニルカルバモイルオキシ);シリルオキシ基(例えば、トリメチルシリルオキシ、ジブチルメチルシリルオキシ);アリールオキシカルボニルアミノ基(例えば、フェノキシカルボニルアミノ);イミド基(例えば、N-スクシンイミド、N-フタルイミ);ヘテロ環チオ基(例えば、2-ベンゾチアゾリルチオ、2,4-ジ-フェノキシ-1,3,5-トリアゾール-6-チオ、2-ピリジルチオ);スルフィニル基(例えば、3-フェノキシプロピルスルフィニル);ホスホニル基(例えば、フェノキシホスホニル、オクチルオキシホスホニル、フェニルホスホニル);アリールオキシカルボニル基(例えば、フェノキシカルボニル);アシル基(例えば、アセチル、3-フェニルプロパノイル、ベンゾイル);イオン性親水性基(例えば、カルボキシル基、スルホ基、及び4級アンモニウム基);その他シアノ基、ヒドロキシル基、ニトロ基、アミノ基。
(Substituent group C)
Halogen atom (for example, chlorine atom, bromine atom); linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, aralkyl group having 7 to 18 carbon atoms, alkenyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, 2 to 2 carbon atoms 12 linear or branched alkynyl groups, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms which may have a side chain, a cycloalkenyl group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms which may have a side chain ( Specific examples of the above group include, for example, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, t-butyl, 2-methanesulfonylethyl, 3-phenoxypropyl, trifluoromethyl, cyclopentyl): aryl group (for example, phenyl, 4-t- Butylphenyl, 2,4-di-t-amylphenyl); heterocyclic groups (eg, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, 2-furyl, 2-thienyl, 2-pyridyl) An alkyloxy group (eg, methoxy, ethoxy, 2-methoxyethoxy, 2-methanesulfonylethoxy); an aryloxy group (eg, phenoxy, 2-methylphenoxy, 4-t-butylphenoxy, 3 -Nitrophenoxy, 3-t-butyloxycarbamoylphenoxy, 3-methoxycarbamoyl); acylamino groups (eg acetamide, benzamide, 4- (3-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenoxy) butanamide); alkylamino groups (eg Anilino group (eg, phenylamino, 2-chloroanilino; ureido group (eg, phenylureido, methylureido, N, N-dibutylureido)); Moylamino group (eg, N, N-dipropylsulfamoylamino); alkylthio group (eg, methylthio, octylthio, 2-phenoxyethylthio); arylthio group (eg, phenylthio, 2-butoxy-5-t-octylphenylthio) , 2-carboxyphenylthio); alkyloxycarbonylamino groups (eg methoxycarbonylamino); sulfonamido groups (eg methanesulfonamide, benzenesulfonamide, p-toluenesulfonamido, octadecane); carbamoyl groups (eg N -Ethylcarbamoyl, N, N-dibutylcarbamoyl); sulfamoyl groups (eg, N-ethylsulfamoyl, N, N-dipropylsulfamoyl, N, N-diethylsulfamoyl); sulfonyl groups (eg, Tansulfonyl, octanesulfonyl, benzenesulfonyl, toluenesulfonyl); alkyloxycarbonyl group (eg, methoxycarbonyl, butyloxycarbonyl); heterocyclic oxy group (eg, 1-phenyltetrazol-5-oxy, 2-tetrahydropyranyloxy) An azo group (eg, phenylazo, 4-methoxyphenylazo, 4-pivaloylaminophenylazo, 2-hydroxy-4-propanoylphenylazo); an acyloxy group (eg, acetoxy); a carbamoyloxy group (eg, N-methylcarbamoyloxy, N-phenylcarbamoyloxy); silyloxy groups (for example, trimethylsilyloxy, dibutylmethylsilyloxy); aryloxycarbonylamino groups (for example, phenoxycarbonyl) Amino); imide group (eg, N-succinimide, N-phthalimi); heterocyclic thio group (eg, 2-benzothiazolylthio, 2,4-di-phenoxy-1,3,5-triazole-6-thio) , 2-pyridylthio); sulfinyl group (eg 3-phenoxypropylsulfinyl); phosphonyl group (eg phenoxyphosphonyl, octyloxyphosphonyl, phenylphosphonyl); aryloxycarbonyl group (eg phenoxycarbonyl); acyl group (For example, acetyl, 3-phenylpropanoyl, benzoyl); ionic hydrophilic groups (for example, carboxyl group, sulfo group, and quaternary ammonium group); other cyano group, hydroxyl group, nitro group, amino group.
〔一般式(Q)で表される化合物〕
 下記一般式(Q)で表される化合物について説明する。
 一般式(Q)
[Compound represented by formula (Q)]
The compound represented by the following general formula (Q) will be described.
General formula (Q)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
 
 一般式(Q)中、Aはアリール基又はヘテロ環基を表す。Gは窒素原子又は-CZ=を表す。Gが-CZ=を表す場合、Zはハメットの置換基定数σp値が0.20以上の電子求引性基を表す。R101、R102及びR107は各々独立に水素原子、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、アリール基、ヘテロ環基、シアノ基、カルボキシル基、カルバモイル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アリールオキシカルボニル基、ヘテロ環オキシカルボニル基、アシル基、ヒドロキシ基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、ヘテロ環オキシ基、シリルオキシ基、アシルオキシ基、カルバモイルオキシ基、アルコキシカルボニルオキシ基、アリールオキシカルボニルオキシ基、アミノ基、アシルアミノ基、ウレイド基、スルファモイルアミノ基、アルコキシカルボニルアミノ基、アリールオキシカルボニルアミノ基、アルキルスルホニルアミノ基、アリールスルホニルアミノ基、ヘテロ環スルホニルアミノ基、ニトロ基、アルキルチオ基、アリールチオ基、ヘテロ環チオ基、アルキルスルホニル基、アリールスルホニル基、ヘテロ環スルホニル基、アルキルスルフィニル基、アリールスルフィニル基、ヘテロ環スルフィニル基、スルファモイル基、又はスルホ基を表す。R103~R106は各々独立に水素原子、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、アリール基、ヘテロ環基、アシル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アリールオキシカルボニル基、カルバモイル基、アルキルスルホニル基、アリールスルホニル基、又はスルファモイル基を表す。
 ただし、R103とR104とが共に水素原子であることはない。また、A、R101~R107はいずれも置換基を有してもよい。
 ただし、一般式(Q)で表される化合物は分子中に少なくとも1つのイオン性親水性基を有する。
In general formula (Q), A represents an aryl group or a heterocyclic group. G represents a nitrogen atom or —CZ═. When G represents —CZ═, Z represents an electron withdrawing group having a Hammett's substituent constant σp value of 0.20 or more. R 101 , R 102 and R 107 are each independently a hydrogen atom, halogen atom, alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, aryl group, heterocyclic group, cyano group, carboxyl group, carbamoyl group, alkoxycarbonyl group, aryloxycarbonyl Group, heterocyclic oxycarbonyl group, acyl group, hydroxy group, alkoxy group, aryloxy group, heterocyclic oxy group, silyloxy group, acyloxy group, carbamoyloxy group, alkoxycarbonyloxy group, aryloxycarbonyloxy group, amino group, Acylamino group, ureido group, sulfamoylamino group, alkoxycarbonylamino group, aryloxycarbonylamino group, alkylsulfonylamino group, arylsulfonylamino group, heterocyclic sulfonylamino group, nitro group, An alkylthio group, an arylthio group, a heterocyclic thio group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group, a heterocyclic sulfonyl group, an alkylsulfinyl group, an arylsulfinyl group, a heterocyclic sulfinyl group, a sulfamoyl group, or a sulfo group is represented. R 103 to R 106 are each independently a hydrogen atom, alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, aryl group, heterocyclic group, acyl group, alkoxycarbonyl group, aryloxycarbonyl group, carbamoyl group, alkylsulfonyl group, arylsulfonyl group Or a sulfamoyl group.
However, R 103 and R 104 are not both hydrogen atoms. In addition, any of A and R 101 to R 107 may have a substituent.
However, the compound represented by the general formula (Q) has at least one ionic hydrophilic group in the molecule.
 一般式(Q)中、Gが-CZ=を表す場合、Zはハメットの置換基定数σp値が0.20以上の電子求引性基を表す。
 Zとしては、アシル基、アシルオキシ基、カルバモイル基、アルキルオキシカルボニル基、アリールオキシカルボニル基、シアノ基、ニトロ基、ジアルキルホスホノ基、ジアリールホスホノ基、ジアリールホスフィニル基、アルキルスルフィニル基、アリールスルフィニル基、アルキルスルホニル基、アリールスルホニル基、スルホニルオキシ基、アシルチオ基、スルファモイル基、チオシアネート基、チオカルボニル基、ハロゲン化アルキル基、ハロゲン化アルコキシ基、ハロゲン化アリールオキシ基、ハロゲン化アルキルアミノ基、ハロゲン化アルキルチオ基、σp値が0.20以上の他の電子求引性基で置換されたアリール基、ニトロ基、ヘテロ環基(好ましくはピリジル基)、ハロゲン原子、又はセレノシアネート基が挙げられる。Zは好ましくはシアノ基、ピリジル基、メチルスルホニル基、フェニルスルホニル基、メトキシカルボニル基、カルバモイル基、ニトロ基であり、より好ましくはシアノ基である。
In the general formula (Q), when G represents —CZ═, Z represents an electron withdrawing group having a Hammett's substituent constant σp value of 0.20 or more.
As Z, acyl group, acyloxy group, carbamoyl group, alkyloxycarbonyl group, aryloxycarbonyl group, cyano group, nitro group, dialkylphosphono group, diarylphosphono group, diarylphosphinyl group, alkylsulfinyl group, aryl Sulfinyl group, alkylsulfonyl group, arylsulfonyl group, sulfonyloxy group, acylthio group, sulfamoyl group, thiocyanate group, thiocarbonyl group, halogenated alkyl group, halogenated alkoxy group, halogenated aryloxy group, halogenated alkylamino group, A halogenated alkylthio group, an aryl group substituted with another electron-withdrawing group having a σp value of 0.20 or more, a nitro group, a heterocyclic group (preferably a pyridyl group), a halogen atom, or a selenocyanate group. . Z is preferably a cyano group, a pyridyl group, a methylsulfonyl group, a phenylsulfonyl group, a methoxycarbonyl group, a carbamoyl group or a nitro group, more preferably a cyano group.
 一般式(Q)中、R101、R102及びR107は各々独立に、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、アリール基、ヘテロ環基、シアノ基、カルボキシル基、カルバモイル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アリールオキシカルボニル基、ヘテロ環オキシカルボニル基、アシル基、ヒドロキシ基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、ヘテロ環オキシ基、シリルオキシ基、アシルオキシ基、カルバモイルオキシ基、アルコキシカルボニルオキシ基、アリールオキシカルボニルオキシ基、アミノ基、アシルアミノ基、ウレイド基、スルファモイルアミノ基、アルコキシカルボニルアミノ基、アリールオキシカルボニルアミノ基、アルキルスルホニルアミノ基、アリールスルホニルアミノ基、ヘテロ環スルホニルアミノ基、ニトロ基、アルキルチオ基、アリールチオ基、ヘテロ環チオ基、アルキルスルホニル基、アリールスルホニル基、ヘテロ環スルホニル基、アルキルスルフィニル基、アリールスルフィニル基、ヘテロ環スルフィニル基、スルファモイル基、又はスルホ基を表す。これらの基は置換基を有していてもよく、置換基としては、上記置換基群Aから選ばれる置換基が挙げられ、ハロゲン、アルキル基、シアノ基、ヒドロキシル基、アルコキシ基、イオン性親水性基が好ましい。
 R101、R102又はR107がハロゲン原子を表す場合のハロゲン原子としては、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子又はヨウ素原子が好ましく、塩素原子がより好ましい。
In general formula (Q), R 101 , R 102 and R 107 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, a cyano group, a carboxyl group or a carbamoyl group. , Alkoxycarbonyl group, aryloxycarbonyl group, heterocyclic oxycarbonyl group, acyl group, hydroxy group, alkoxy group, aryloxy group, heterocyclic oxy group, silyloxy group, acyloxy group, carbamoyloxy group, alkoxycarbonyloxy group, aryl Oxycarbonyloxy group, amino group, acylamino group, ureido group, sulfamoylamino group, alkoxycarbonylamino group, aryloxycarbonylamino group, alkylsulfonylamino group, arylsulfonylamino group, heterocyclic sulfonyla Mino group, nitro group, alkylthio group, arylthio group, heterocyclic thio group, alkylsulfonyl group, arylsulfonyl group, heterocyclic sulfonyl group, alkylsulfinyl group, arylsulfinyl group, heterocyclic sulfinyl group, sulfamoyl group, or sulfo group To express. These groups may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include a substituent selected from the above substituent group A. Halogen, alkyl group, cyano group, hydroxyl group, alkoxy group, ionic hydrophilic Sexual groups are preferred.
When R 101 , R 102 or R 107 represents a halogen atom, the halogen atom is preferably a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom, more preferably a chlorine atom.
 R101、R102又はR107がアルキル基、アルケニル基又はアルキニル基を表す場合は、直鎖状、分岐状、環状のいずれでもよい。アルキル基、アルケニル基又はアルキニル基としては炭素数1~10が好ましく、炭素数1~6がより好ましい。アルキル基としては炭素数1~4のアルキル基が好ましく、具体的には、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、sec-ブチル基、t-ブチル基、シクロヘキシル基が好ましい。アルケニル基としては、炭素数2~10のアルケニル基が好ましく、炭素数2~6のアルケニル基がより好ましく、具体的にはビニル基又はアリル基が好ましい。アルキニルとしては炭素数2~4のアルキニル基がより好ましい。 When R 101 , R 102 or R 107 represents an alkyl group, an alkenyl group or an alkynyl group, it may be linear, branched or cyclic. The alkyl group, alkenyl group or alkynyl group preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms. As the alkyl group, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is preferable, and specifically, a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, a sec-butyl group, a t-butyl group, a cyclohexyl group. Groups are preferred. As the alkenyl group, an alkenyl group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms is preferable, an alkenyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms is more preferable, and specifically, a vinyl group or an allyl group is preferable. Alkynyl is more preferably an alkynyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms.
 R101、R102又はR107がアリール基を表す場合のアリール基としては、炭素数6~14のアリール基が好ましく、炭素数6~10のアリール基がより好ましく、フェニル基又はナフチル基が更に好ましく、フェニル基が特に好ましい。
 R101、R102又はR107がヘテロ環基を表す場合のヘテロ環基としては、芳香族ヘテロ環基が好ましく、窒素原子、硫黄原子又は酸素原子を有する5員又は6員の芳香族ヘテロ環基がより好ましい。ヘテロ環基としては、置換位置を限定しないで表すと、ピロール環、ピラゾール環、イミダゾール環、トリアゾール環、チオフェン環、チアゾール環、イソチアゾール環、チアジアゾール環、ピリジン環、ピラジン環、ピリミジン環、トリアジン環などが好ましく挙げられる。5員又は6員の芳香族ヘテロ環基は更に縮環構造を有していてもよく、たとえばベンゾチアゾール環が好ましい。
When R 101 , R 102 or R 107 represents an aryl group, the aryl group is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms, more preferably an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, and further a phenyl group or a naphthyl group. Preferred is a phenyl group.
In the case where R 101 , R 102 or R 107 represents a heterocyclic group, the heterocyclic group is preferably an aromatic heterocyclic group, and a 5-membered or 6-membered aromatic heterocyclic ring having a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom or an oxygen atom. Groups are more preferred. As the heterocyclic group, if the substitution position is not limited, pyrrole ring, pyrazole ring, imidazole ring, triazole ring, thiophene ring, thiazole ring, isothiazole ring, thiadiazole ring, pyridine ring, pyrazine ring, pyrimidine ring, triazine A ring etc. are mentioned preferably. The 5-membered or 6-membered aromatic heterocyclic group may further have a condensed ring structure, and for example, a benzothiazole ring is preferable.
 R101、R102又はR107がアルコキシカルボニル基、アルコキシ基、アルコキシカルボニルオキシ基、アルコキシカルボニルアミノ基、アルキルスルホニルアミノ基、アルキルチオ基、アルキルスルホニル基又はアルキルスルフィニル基を表す場合の各基の好ましい範囲としては、各基に含まれるアルキル基の部分が、上記R101、R102又はR107がアルキル基を表す場合の好ましい範囲となったものである。
 R101、R102又はR107がアリールオキシカルボニル基、アリールオキシ基、アリールオキシカルボニルオキシ基、アリールオキシカルボニルアミノ基、アリールチオ基、アリールスルホニルアミノ基、アリールスルホニル基又はアリールスルフィニル基を表す場合の各基の好ましい範囲としては、各基に含まれるアリール基の部分が上記R101、R102又はR107がアリール基を表す場合の好ましい範囲となったものである。
 R101、R102又はR107がヘテロ環オキシカルボニル基、ヘテロ環オキシ基、ヘテロ環スルホニルアミノ基、ヘテロ環チオ基、ヘテロ環スルホニル基又はヘテロ環スルフィニル基を表す場合の各基の好ましい範囲としては、各基に含まれるヘテロ環基の部分が上記R101、R102又はR107がヘテロ環基を表す場合の好ましい範囲となったものである。
Preferred range of each group when R 101 , R 102 or R 107 represents an alkoxycarbonyl group, alkoxy group, alkoxycarbonyloxy group, alkoxycarbonylamino group, alkylsulfonylamino group, alkylthio group, alkylsulfonyl group or alkylsulfinyl group As for, the part of the alkyl group contained in each group becomes a preferable range when R 101 , R 102 or R 107 represents an alkyl group.
Each of when R 101 , R 102 or R 107 represents an aryloxycarbonyl group, aryloxy group, aryloxycarbonyloxy group, aryloxycarbonylamino group, arylthio group, arylsulfonylamino group, arylsulfonyl group or arylsulfinyl group The preferred range of the group is that the portion of the aryl group contained in each group is a preferred range when R 101 , R 102 or R 107 represents an aryl group.
As a preferred range of each group when R 101 , R 102 or R 107 represents a heterocyclic oxycarbonyl group, a heterocyclic oxy group, a heterocyclic sulfonylamino group, a heterocyclic thio group, a heterocyclic sulfonyl group or a heterocyclic sulfinyl group Is a preferable range in the case where the above-mentioned R 101 , R 102 or R 107 represents a heterocyclic group.
 R101、R102又はR107がアシル基、アシルオキシ基又はアシルアミノ基を表す場合の各基の好ましい範囲としては、各基に含まれるアルキル基又はアリール基の部分が上記R101、R102又はR107がアルキル基又はアリール基である場合の好ましい範囲となったものである。 As a preferred range of each group when R 101 , R 102 or R 107 represents an acyl group, an acyloxy group or an acylamino group, the alkyl group or aryl group part contained in each group is the above R 101 , R 102 or R This is a preferable range when 107 is an alkyl group or an aryl group.
 オゾンガス堅牢性の観点からR101及びR102の少なくとも1種は水素原子、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、カルボキシル基、カルバモイル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アリールオキシカルボニル基、ヘテロ環オキシカルボニル基、又はアルキルスルホニル基が好ましく、シアノ基がより好ましい。 From the viewpoint of ozone gas fastness, at least one of R 101 and R 102 is a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a carboxyl group, a carbamoyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, a heterocyclic oxycarbonyl group, or an alkylsulfonyl group. And a cyano group is more preferable.
 一般式(Q)中、R103~R106はそれぞれ独立に水素原子、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、アリール基、ヘテロ環基、アシル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アリールオキシカルボニル基、カルバモイル基、アルキルスルホニル基、アリールスルホニル基、又はスルファモイル基を表す。これらの基は置換基を有していてもよく、置換基としては、上記置換基群Aから選ばれる置換基が挙げられ、ハロゲン原子(好ましくは塩素原子)、イオン性親水性基、アルキル基、ヒドロキシル基、アルコキシ基が好ましい。
 R103~R106がアルキル基、アルケニル基又はアルキニル基を表す場合、直鎖状、分岐状、環状のいずれでもよい。アルキル基、アルケニル基又はアルキニル基としては炭素数1~20が好ましく、炭素数1~8がより好ましい。アルキル基としては、炭素数1~10のアルキル基が挙げられ、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、イソブチル基、sec-ブチル基、t-ブチル基、又は2-エチルヘキシル基が好ましく、メチル基、エチル基、又はn-プロピル基がより好ましく、エチル基が更に好ましい。アルケニル基としては、炭素数2~10のアルケニル基が好ましく、炭素数2~6のアルケニル基がより好ましく、具体的にはビニル基又はアリル基が好ましい。アルキニルとしては炭素数2~4のアルキニル基がより好ましい。
 R103~R106がアリール基を表す場合のアリール基としては、炭素数6~20のアリール基が挙げられ、炭素数6~12のアリール基が好ましく、具体的にはフェニル基又はナフチル基が好ましく、フェニル基がより好ましい。
 R103~R106がヘテロ環基を表す場合のヘテロ環基としては、上記R102がヘテロ環基である場合と同様のものが挙げられる。
 R103~R106がアシル基を表す場合のアシル基としては、炭素数2~10のアシル基が挙げられ、アセチル基、プロピオニル基、ブチリル基が好ましく、アセチル基がより好ましい。
 R103~R106がアルコキシカルボニル基又はアルキルスルホニル基を表す場合の各基の好ましい範囲としては、各基に含まれるアルキル基の部分が上記R103~R106がアルキル基である場合の好ましい範囲となったものである。
 R103~R106がアリールオキシカルボニル基又はアリールスルホニル基を表す場合の各基の好ましい範囲としては、各基に含まれるアリール基の部分が上記R103~R106がアリール基である場合の好ましい範囲となったものである。
 水への溶解性、及びオゾンガス堅牢性の観点からR103~R106はそれぞれ独立に水素原子、アルキル基、アリール基、又はアシル基が好ましく、水素原子、アルキル基、又はアリール基がより好ましく、水素原子又はアリール基が更に好ましい。
 R103及びR104の一方が水素原子を表し他方がアルキル基又はアリール基を表し、かつR105及びR106の一方が水素原子を表し他方がアルキル基又はアリール基を表すことが特に好ましい。
 R103及びR104の一方が水素原子を表し他方がアリール基を表し、かつR105及びR106の一方が水素原子を表し他方がアリール基を表すことが最も好ましい。
 R103~R106がアルキル基又はアリール基を表す場合はイオン性親水性基を有することが特に好ましく、イオン性親水性基としてはスルホ基又はカルボキシル基が好ましく、スルホ基がより好ましく、スルホ基のリチウム塩(-SOLi)、スルホ基のナトリウム塩(-SONa)、又はスルホ基のカリウム塩(-SOK)が更に好ましく、スルホ基のリチウム塩(-SOLi)が特に好ましい。
In general formula (Q), R 103 to R 106 are each independently a hydrogen atom, alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, aryl group, heterocyclic group, acyl group, alkoxycarbonyl group, aryloxycarbonyl group, carbamoyl group, An alkylsulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group, or a sulfamoyl group is represented. These groups may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include a substituent selected from the above substituent group A, a halogen atom (preferably a chlorine atom), an ionic hydrophilic group, and an alkyl group. , A hydroxyl group and an alkoxy group are preferable.
When R 103 to R 106 represent an alkyl group, an alkenyl group or an alkynyl group, they may be linear, branched or cyclic. The alkyl group, alkenyl group or alkynyl group preferably has 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 8 carbon atoms. Examples of the alkyl group include alkyl groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, such as methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, isobutyl group, sec-butyl group, t-butyl group, or A 2-ethylhexyl group is preferable, a methyl group, an ethyl group, or an n-propyl group is more preferable, and an ethyl group is still more preferable. As the alkenyl group, an alkenyl group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms is preferable, an alkenyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms is more preferable, and specifically, a vinyl group or an allyl group is preferable. Alkynyl is more preferably an alkynyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms.
When R 103 to R 106 represent an aryl group, the aryl group includes an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, preferably an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, specifically, a phenyl group or a naphthyl group. Preferably, a phenyl group is more preferable.
Examples of the heterocyclic group in the case where R 103 to R 106 represent a heterocyclic group include the same as those in the case where R 102 is a heterocyclic group.
Examples of the acyl group when R 103 to R 106 represent an acyl group include an acyl group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, preferably an acetyl group, a propionyl group, and a butyryl group, and more preferably an acetyl group.
A preferred range of each group when R 103 to R 106 represent an alkoxycarbonyl group or an alkylsulfonyl group is a preferred range when the portion of the alkyl group contained in each group is the above-mentioned R 103 to R 106 is an alkyl group. It has become.
A preferred range of each group when R 103 to R 106 represent an aryloxycarbonyl group or an arylsulfonyl group is preferable when the portion of the aryl group contained in each group is the above R 103 to R 106 is an aryl group. It became a range.
From the viewpoints of solubility in water and fastness to ozone gas, R 103 to R 106 are each independently preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or an acyl group, more preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an aryl group, A hydrogen atom or an aryl group is more preferable.
It is particularly preferred that one of R 103 and R 104 represents a hydrogen atom and the other represents an alkyl group or an aryl group, and one of R 105 and R 106 represents a hydrogen atom and the other represents an alkyl group or an aryl group.
Most preferably, one of R 103 and R 104 represents a hydrogen atom and the other represents an aryl group, and one of R 105 and R 106 represents a hydrogen atom and the other represents an aryl group.
When R 103 to R 106 represent an alkyl group or an aryl group, it is particularly preferable to have an ionic hydrophilic group. The ionic hydrophilic group is preferably a sulfo group or a carboxyl group, more preferably a sulfo group, and a sulfo group. More preferred is a lithium salt (—SO 3 Li), a sodium salt of a sulfo group (—SO 3 Na), or a potassium salt of a sulfo group (—SO 3 K), and a lithium salt of a sulfo group (—SO 3 Li) Particularly preferred.
 一般式(Q)中、Aはアリール基又はヘテロ環基を表す。
 Aがアリール基を表す場合のアリール基としては、炭素数6~20のアリール基が挙げられ、炭素数6~12のアリール基が好ましく、具体的にはフェニル基又はナフチル基が好ましい。
 Aがヘテロ環基を表す場合のヘテロ環基としては、芳香族ヘテロ環基が好ましく、窒素原子、硫黄原子又は酸素原子を有する5員又は6員の芳香族ヘテロ環基がより好ましく、窒素原子又は硫黄原子を有する5員又は6員の芳香族ヘテロ環基が更に好ましい。ヘテロ環基としては、置換位置を限定しないで表すと、ピロール環、ピラゾール環、イミダゾール環、トリアゾール環、チアゾール環、イソチアゾール環、チアジアゾール環、ピリジン環、ピラジン環、ピリミジン環、トリアジン環などが好ましく挙げられる。5員又は6員の芳香族ヘテロ環基は更に縮環構造を有していてもよく、たとえばベンゾチアゾール環が好ましい。
 水中での保存安定性の観点からAはアリール基を表すことが好ましい。
In general formula (Q), A represents an aryl group or a heterocyclic group.
The aryl group when A represents an aryl group includes an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, preferably an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, and specifically, a phenyl group or a naphthyl group is preferable.
When A represents a heterocyclic group, the heterocyclic group is preferably an aromatic heterocyclic group, more preferably a 5- or 6-membered aromatic heterocyclic group having a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom or an oxygen atom, and a nitrogen atom. Or the 5-membered or 6-membered aromatic heterocyclic group which has a sulfur atom is still more preferable. Examples of the heterocyclic group include a pyrrole ring, a pyrazole ring, an imidazole ring, a triazole ring, a thiazole ring, an isothiazole ring, a thiadiazole ring, a pyridine ring, a pyrazine ring, a pyrimidine ring, and a triazine ring. Preferably mentioned. The 5-membered or 6-membered aromatic heterocyclic group may further have a condensed ring structure, and for example, a benzothiazole ring is preferable.
From the viewpoint of storage stability in water, A preferably represents an aryl group.
 Aが表すアリール基又はヘテロ環基は置換基を有してもよい。
 Aが有していてもよい置換基としては、上記置換基群Aから選ばれる置換基が挙げられ、イオン性親水性基又はハメットのσp値が0.3以上の電子求引性基が好ましく、ハロゲン原子(好ましくは塩素原子)、シアノ基、ニトロ基、-SOM又は-COM(Mは水素原子又はカウンターカチオンを表す。)がより好ましい。カウンターカチオンとしては、例えばアンモニウムイオン、アルカリ金属イオン(例えば、リチウムイオン、ナトリウムイオン、カリウムイオン)及び有機カチオン(例えば、テトラメチルアンモニウムイオン、テトラメチルグアニジウムイオン、テトラメチルホスホニウム)が挙げられる。Mは水素原子又はカウンターカチオンを表すことが好ましく、アルカリ金属イオン又はアンモニウムイオンを表すことがより好ましく、アルカリ金属イオンを表すことが更に好ましく、リチウムイオン、カリウムイオン又はナトリウムイオンを表すことが特に好ましく、リチウムイオンを表すことが最も好ましい。
 ハメットのσp値が0.3以上の電子求引性基の具体例としては、アシル基、アシルオキシ基、カルバモイル基、アルキルオキシカルボニル基、アリールオキシカルボニル基、シアノ基、ニトロ基、ジアルキルホスホノ基、ジアリールホスホノ基、ジアリールホスフィニル基、アルキルスルフィニル基、アリールスルフィニル基、アルキルスルホニル基、アリールスルホニル基、スルホニルオキシ基、アシルチオ基、スルファモイル基、チオシアネート基、チオカルボニル基、ハロゲン化アルキル基、ハロゲン化アルコキシ基、ハロゲン化アリールオキシ基、ハロゲン化アルキルアミノ基、ハロゲン化アルキルチオ基、σp値が0.3以上の他の電子求引性基で置換されたアリール基、ニトロ基、ヘテロ環基、ハロゲン原子、アゾ基、又はセレノシアネート基が挙げられる。好ましくはシアノ基、メチルスルホニル基、フェニルスルホニル基、メトキシカルボニル基、カルバモイル基、ニトロ基であり、より好ましくはシアノ基、メチルスルホニル基、スルファモイル基、ニトロ基である。σp値がこの範囲の電子求引性基であれば、アゾ化合物の色相調整と光堅牢性及びオゾンガス堅牢性向上が可能であり、インクジェット記録黒インク用水溶性染料として使用する点で効果を得ることができる。ハメットの置換基定数σp値の上限としては1.0以下の電子求引性基であることが好ましい。
The aryl group or heterocyclic group represented by A may have a substituent.
Examples of the substituent that A may have include a substituent selected from the above-mentioned substituent group A, and an ionic hydrophilic group or an electron-withdrawing group having a Hammett's σp value of 0.3 or more is preferable. , A halogen atom (preferably a chlorine atom), a cyano group, a nitro group, —SO 3 M or —CO 2 M (M represents a hydrogen atom or a counter cation) is more preferable. Examples of the counter cation include ammonium ion, alkali metal ion (for example, lithium ion, sodium ion, potassium ion) and organic cation (for example, tetramethylammonium ion, tetramethylguanidinium ion, tetramethylphosphonium). M preferably represents a hydrogen atom or a counter cation, more preferably represents an alkali metal ion or an ammonium ion, further preferably represents an alkali metal ion, and particularly preferably represents a lithium ion, a potassium ion or a sodium ion. Most preferably, it represents lithium ions.
Specific examples of electron withdrawing groups having Hammett's σp value of 0.3 or more include acyl group, acyloxy group, carbamoyl group, alkyloxycarbonyl group, aryloxycarbonyl group, cyano group, nitro group, dialkylphosphono group Diarylphosphono group, diarylphosphinyl group, alkylsulfinyl group, arylsulfinyl group, alkylsulfonyl group, arylsulfonyl group, sulfonyloxy group, acylthio group, sulfamoyl group, thiocyanate group, thiocarbonyl group, halogenated alkyl group, Halogenated alkoxy group, halogenated aryloxy group, halogenated alkylamino group, halogenated alkylthio group, aryl group substituted with other electron-withdrawing group having σp value of 0.3 or more, nitro group, heterocyclic group , Halogen atom, azo group, or selenium Examples include a cyanate group. A cyano group, a methylsulfonyl group, a phenylsulfonyl group, a methoxycarbonyl group, a carbamoyl group, and a nitro group are preferable, and a cyano group, a methylsulfonyl group, a sulfamoyl group, and a nitro group are more preferable. If the σp value is an electron withdrawing group in this range, the hue of the azo compound can be adjusted, light fastness and ozone gas fastness can be improved, and an effect can be obtained in that it is used as a water-soluble dye for inkjet recording black ink. Can do. The upper limit of Hammett's substituent constant σp value is preferably an electron withdrawing group of 1.0 or less.
 Aの好ましい具体例を以下に示すが、これらに限定されるものではない。下記具体例において*は結合位置を表す。Mは水素原子又はカウンターカチオンを表す。 Preferred examples of A are shown below, but are not limited thereto. In the following specific examples, * represents a bonding position. M represents a hydrogen atom or a counter cation.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
 オゾンガス堅牢性の観点から、R107はアルキル基又はアリール基であることが好ましく、置換又は無置換のフェニル基、置換又は無置換のナフチル基がより好ましい。 From the viewpoint of ozone gas fastness, R 107 is preferably an alkyl group or an aryl group, more preferably a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted naphthyl group.
 光堅牢性の観点から、R107は下記一般式(7-1)で表される基であることが好ましい。
 一般式(7-1)
From the viewpoint of light fastness, R 107 is preferably a group represented by the following general formula (7-1).
Formula (7-1)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
 一般式(7-1)中、R71は置換基を表す。*は結合位置を表す。 In the general formula (7-1), R 71 represents a substituent. * Represents a bonding position.
 一般式(7-1)におけるR71は置換基を表す。R71が表す置換基としては、上記置換基群Bから選ばれる置換基が挙げられ、光堅牢性という観点から、置換若しくは無置換のアルキル基、置換若しくは無置換のアリール基、置換若しくは無置換のヘテロ環基、又は置換若しくは無置換のアミノ基が好ましく、置換若しくは無置換のアルキル基、置換若しくは無置換のアリール基、又は置換若しくは無置換のアミノ基がより好ましい。上記アルキル基としては、炭素数1~7のアルキル基が好ましく、炭素数1~6のアルキル基がより好ましく、炭素数1~4のアルキル基が更に好ましく、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基、t-ブチル基、2-エチルペンチル基が更に好ましく、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基が更に好ましく、メチル基、エチル基が特に好ましい。上記アリール基としては、炭素数6~12のアリール基が好ましく、炭素数6~8のアリール基がより好ましく、フェニル基、ナフチル基が更に好ましく、フェニル基が特に好ましい。上記ヘテロ環基としては、チオフェン環、ピリジン環が好ましい。上記アミノ基としては、置換若しくは無置換のアルキル基が置換したアミノ基、置換若しくは無置換のアリール基が置換したアミノ基が好ましく、更に、ヒドロキシル基が置換した炭素数1~6のアルキル基が置換したアミノ基、ヒドロキシル基が置換したフェニル基が置換したアミノ基がより好ましい。
 上記アルキル基、アリール基、ヘテロ環基、又はアミノ基が置換基を有する場合の置換基は、1価の置換基が挙げられ、イオン性親水性基、アリールアミノ基、アルキルアミノ基、ハロゲン原子が好ましく、イオン性親水性基がより好ましく、-SOM又は-COM(Mは水素原子又はカウンターカチオンを表し、具体例及び好ましい範囲は前述のものと同じ)が更に好ましい。
 R71としては、置換基として-COMを有するアルキル基、又は、少なくともオルト位に置換基として-COMを有するフェニル基が特に好ましい。
 R71の好ましい具体例を以下に示すが、これらに限定されるものではない。下記具体例において*は結合位置を表す。Mは水素原子又はカウンターカチオンを表す。
R 71 in the general formula (7-1) represents a substituent. Examples of the substituent represented by R 71 include a substituent selected from the above substituent group B, and from the viewpoint of light fastness, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, a substituted or unsubstituted group Are preferably a heterocyclic group, or a substituted or unsubstituted amino group, more preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted amino group. The alkyl group is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, still more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a methyl group, an ethyl group, or n-propyl. Group, isopropyl group, t-butyl group and 2-ethylpentyl group are more preferred, methyl group, ethyl group and n-propyl group are more preferred, and methyl group and ethyl group are particularly preferred. The aryl group is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably an aryl group having 6 to 8 carbon atoms, still more preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, and particularly preferably a phenyl group. As the heterocyclic group, a thiophene ring and a pyridine ring are preferable. The amino group is preferably an amino group substituted with a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, an amino group substituted with a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, and further an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms substituted with a hydroxyl group. A substituted amino group and an amino group substituted with a phenyl group substituted with a hydroxyl group are more preferred.
When the alkyl group, aryl group, heterocyclic group, or amino group has a substituent, examples of the substituent include a monovalent substituent, such as an ionic hydrophilic group, an arylamino group, an alkylamino group, and a halogen atom. An ionic hydrophilic group is more preferable, and —SO 3 M or —CO 2 M (M represents a hydrogen atom or a counter cation, and specific examples and preferable ranges thereof are the same as those described above).
R 71 is particularly preferably an alkyl group having —CO 2 M as a substituent, or a phenyl group having —CO 2 M as a substituent at least in the ortho position.
Preferred specific examples of R 71 are shown below, but are not limited thereto. In the following specific examples, * represents a bonding position. M represents a hydrogen atom or a counter cation.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
 光堅牢性の観点から、R107は下記一般式(7-2)で表される基であることも好ましい。
 一般式(7-2)
From the viewpoint of light fastness, R 107 is preferably a group represented by the following general formula (7-2).
Formula (7-2)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
 一般式(7-2)中、R72は置換基を表す。*は結合位置を表す。 In general formula (7-2), R 72 represents a substituent. * Represents a bonding position.
 一般式(7-2)におけるR72は、一般式(7-1)におけるR71と同義であり、具体例及び好ましい範囲も同じである。 R 72 in the general formula (7-2) has the same meaning as R 71 in the general formula (7-1), and specific examples and preferred ranges thereof are also the same.
 光堅牢性の観点から、R107は下記一般式(7-3)で表される基であることも好ましい。
 一般式(7-3)
From the viewpoint of light fastness, R 107 is preferably a group represented by the following general formula (7-3).
General formula (7-3)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
 一般式(7-3)中、R73は置換基を表す。*は結合位置を表す。 In general formula (7-3), R 73 represents a substituent. * Represents a bonding position.
 一般式(7-3)におけるR73は置換基を表す。R73が表す置換基としては、上記置換基群Bから選ばれる置換基が挙げられ、置換若しくは無置換のアルキル基、置換若しくは無置換のアリール基、置換若しくは無置換のヘテロ環基、置換若しくは無置換のアルキルスルホニル基、又は置換若しくは無置換のアリールスルホニル基が好ましく、光堅牢性という観点から、置換若しくは無置換のヘテロ環基、又はアルキル若しくはアリールスルホニル基がより好ましく、置換若しくは無置換のヘテロ環基が更に好ましい。上記ヘテロ環基としては、トリアジン環基が好ましい。
 上記アルキル基、アリール基、ヘテロ環基、アルキルスルホニル基、又はアリールスルホニル基が置換基を有する場合の置換基は、1価の置換基が挙げられ、イオン性親水性基、ヒドロキシル基、アミノ基、アリールアミノ基、アルキルアミノ基、アルキル基、アルキルチオ基が好ましく、これらは更にヒドロキシル基、イオン性親水性基で置換されていても良い。イオン性親水性基としては、-SOM又は-COM(Mは水素原子又はカウンターカチオンを表し、具体例及び好ましい範囲は前述のものと同じ)が好ましい。
 R73の好ましい具体例を以下に示すが、これらに限定されるものではない。下記具体例において*は結合位置を表す。Mは水素原子又はカウンターカチオンを表す。
R 73 in the general formula (7-3) represents a substituent. Examples of the substituent represented by R 73 include a substituent selected from the above substituent group B, and include a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group, a substituted or An unsubstituted alkylsulfonyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted arylsulfonyl group is preferred, and from the viewpoint of light fastness, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group, or an alkyl or arylsulfonyl group is more preferred, and a substituted or unsubstituted arylsulfonyl group is preferred. Heterocyclic groups are more preferred. As the heterocyclic group, a triazine ring group is preferable.
When the alkyl group, aryl group, heterocyclic group, alkylsulfonyl group, or arylsulfonyl group has a substituent, examples of the substituent include a monovalent substituent, an ionic hydrophilic group, a hydroxyl group, and an amino group. An arylamino group, an alkylamino group, an alkyl group, and an alkylthio group are preferable, and these may be further substituted with a hydroxyl group or an ionic hydrophilic group. The ionic hydrophilic group is preferably —SO 3 M or —CO 2 M (M represents a hydrogen atom or a counter cation, and specific examples and preferred ranges are the same as those described above).
Preferred specific examples of R 73 are shown below, but are not limited thereto. In the following specific examples, * represents a bonding position. M represents a hydrogen atom or a counter cation.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
 光堅牢性の観点から、R107は下記一般式(7-4)で表される基であることも好ましい。
 一般式(7-4)
From the viewpoint of light fastness, R 107 is preferably a group represented by the following general formula (7-4).
General formula (7-4)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
 一般式(7-4)中、R74は置換基を表す。*は結合位置を表す。 In the general formula (7-4), R 74 represents a substituent. * Represents a bonding position.
 一般式(7-4)におけるR74は、一般式(7-3)におけるR73と同義であり、具体例及び好ましい範囲も同じである。 R 74 in the general formula (7-4) has the same meaning as R 73 in the general formula (7-3), and specific examples and preferred ranges thereof are also the same.
 光堅牢性の観点から、R107は下記一般式(7-5)で表される基であることも好ましい。
 一般式(7-5)
From the viewpoint of light fastness, R 107 is preferably a group represented by the following general formula (7-5).
General formula (7-5)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
 一般式(7-5)中、R75は置換基を表す。*は結合位置を表す。 In the general formula (7-5), R 75 represents a substituent. * Represents a bonding position.
 一般式(7-5)におけるR75は置換基を表す。R75が表す置換基としては、上記置換基群Bから選ばれる置換基が挙げられ、光堅牢性という観点から、ニトロ基、ヒドロキシル基、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基、イオン性親水性基、アミノ基、置換又は無置換のアルコキシ基、アルキルチオ基が好ましく、ニトロ基、ヒドロキシル基、塩素原子、メチル基、イオン性親水性基、アミノ基、イオン性親水性基で置換された又は無置換の炭素数1~3のアルコキシ基、メチルチオ基が好ましい。イオン性親水性基としては、-SOM又は-COM(Mは水素原子又はカウンターカチオンを表し、具体例及び好ましい範囲は前述のものと同じ)が好ましい。
 R75の好ましい具体例は、ニトロ基、ヒドロキシル基、塩素原子、メチル基、-SONa、-SOLi、-SOK、アミノ基、メトキシ基、スルホ基で置換されたプロピルオキシ基、メチルチオ基である。
R 75 in the general formula (7-5) represents a substituent. The substituent R 75 represents, and a substituted group selected from the substituent group B, and the viewpoint of light fastness, a nitro group, a hydroxyl group, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an ionic hydrophilic group, an amino group A substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy group or an alkylthio group, preferably a nitro group, a hydroxyl group, a chlorine atom, a methyl group, an ionic hydrophilic group, an amino group, an ionic hydrophilic group, or an unsubstituted carbon number 1-3 alkoxy groups and methylthio groups are preferred. The ionic hydrophilic group is preferably —SO 3 M or —CO 2 M (M represents a hydrogen atom or a counter cation, and specific examples and preferred ranges are the same as those described above).
Preferred examples of R 75 include a nitro group, a hydroxyl group, a chlorine atom, a methyl group, —SO 3 Na, —SO 3 Li, —SO 3 K, an amino group, a methoxy group, and a propyloxy group substituted with a sulfo group. , A methylthio group.
 光堅牢性の観点から、R107は下記一般式(7-6)で表される基であることも好ましい。
 一般式(7-6)
From the viewpoint of light fastness, R 107 is preferably a group represented by the following general formula (7-6).
General formula (7-6)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
 一般式(7-6)中、R76は置換基を表す。*は結合位置を表す。 In the general formula (7-6), R 76 represents a substituent. * Represents a bonding position.
 一般式(7-6)におけるR76は、一般式(7-5)におけるR75と同義であり、具体例及び好ましい範囲も同じである。 R 76 in the general formula (7-6) has the same meaning as R 75 in the general formula (7-5), and specific examples and preferred ranges thereof are also the same.
 光堅牢性の観点から、R107はナフチル基であることも好ましい。R107がナフチル基である場合は、2-ナフチル基又は3-ナフチル基であることがより好ましく、2-ナフチル基であることが更に好ましい。すなわち、R107は下記式(7-7)で表されることが好ましい。
 式(7-7)
From the viewpoint of light fastness, R 107 is preferably a naphthyl group. When R 107 is a naphthyl group, it is more preferably a 2-naphthyl group or a 3-naphthyl group, and further preferably a 2-naphthyl group. That is, R 107 is preferably represented by the following formula (7-7).
Formula (7-7)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
 式(7-7)中、*は結合位置を表す。 In formula (7-7), * represents a bonding position.
 一般式(1)で表される化合物は分子中に少なくとも1つのイオン性親水性基を有し、3つ以上のイオン性親水性基を有することが好ましく、より好ましくはイオン性親水性基を3~6個有し、更に好ましくはイオン性親水性基を4~5個有する。これによりの一般式(1)で表される化合物の水溶性、水溶液保存安定性が向上し、インクジェット記録黒インク用水溶性染料としての要求性能を高いレベルで満足し更にインクジェット記録用インクとして使用した際のインクジェット印画物の画質を更に向上できる点という効果を奏する。 The compound represented by the general formula (1) has at least one ionic hydrophilic group in the molecule, and preferably has three or more ionic hydrophilic groups, more preferably an ionic hydrophilic group. 3 to 6, more preferably 4 to 5 ionic hydrophilic groups. As a result, the water-solubility and aqueous solution storage stability of the compound represented by the general formula (1) are improved, satisfying the required performance as a water-soluble dye for inkjet recording black ink at a high level, and further used as an inkjet recording ink. There is an effect that it is possible to further improve the image quality of the ink-jet printed material.
 一般式(1)で表される化合物を色素(着色剤)として用いた水溶液及び水溶性インク組成物は、染料や顔料などの色材とそれの分散剤(溶媒など)を含有する組成物を意味し、特に画像形成に好適に使用できる。 An aqueous solution and a water-soluble ink composition using the compound represented by the general formula (1) as a coloring matter (coloring agent) include a composition containing a coloring material such as a dye or a pigment and a dispersant (such as a solvent) thereof. Meaning that it can be suitably used for image formation.
 一般式(1)で表される化合物は、水を溶媒として測定した吸収スペクトルの最大吸収波長(λmax)が550nm以上700nm以下であることが好ましく、より好ましくは550nm~650nm、更に570nm~650nmであることが特に好ましい。 In the compound represented by the general formula (1), the maximum absorption wavelength (λ max ) of an absorption spectrum measured using water as a solvent is preferably 550 nm to 700 nm, more preferably 550 nm to 650 nm, and further 570 nm to 650 nm. It is particularly preferred that
 一般式(Q)で表される化合物は下記一般式(3-1)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 The compound represented by the general formula (Q) is preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (3-1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
 
 一般式(3-1)中、R111、R112、R113及びR114は各々独立に水素原子又は置換基を表す。X、X、X、X及びXは各々独立に水素原子又は置換基を表す。Mは各々独立に水素原子又はカウンターカチオンを表す。Gは窒素原子又は-CZ=を表す。Gが-CZ=を表す場合、Zはハメットの置換基定数σp値が0.20以上の電子求引性基を表す。 In general formula (3-1), R 111 , R 112 , R 113 and R 114 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent. X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 and X 5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent. M represents a hydrogen atom or a counter cation each independently. G represents a nitrogen atom or —CZ═. When G represents —CZ═, Z represents an electron withdrawing group having a Hammett's substituent constant σp value of 0.20 or more.
 一般式(3-1)中のGは上記一般式(Q)中のGと同義であり、具体例及び好ましい範囲も同じである。 G in the general formula (3-1) has the same meaning as G in the general formula (Q), and specific examples and preferred ranges thereof are also the same.
 Mは水素原子又はカウンターカチオンを表し、カウンターカチオンとしては、例えばアンモニウムイオン、アルカリ金属イオン(例、リチウムイオン、ナトリウムイオン、カリウムイオン)及び有機カチオン(例、テトラメチルアンモニウムイオン、テトラメチルグアニジウムイオン、テトラメチルホスホニウム)が挙げられる。リチウムイオン以外の対カチオンとしては、カリウムイオン、ナトリウムイオンが好ましく、ナトリウムイオンがより好ましい。 M represents a hydrogen atom or a counter cation. Examples of the counter cation include ammonium ion, alkali metal ion (eg, lithium ion, sodium ion, potassium ion) and organic cation (eg, tetramethylammonium ion, tetramethylguanidinium). Ion, tetramethylphosphonium). As counter cations other than lithium ions, potassium ions and sodium ions are preferable, and sodium ions are more preferable.
 形成される塩としては、リチウム塩、ナトリウム塩、カリウム塩、アンモニウム塩が好ましく、リチウム塩又はリチウム塩を主成分とする混合塩が更に好ましく、リチウム塩が最も好ましい。 The salt formed is preferably a lithium salt, a sodium salt, a potassium salt, or an ammonium salt, more preferably a lithium salt or a mixed salt mainly composed of a lithium salt, and most preferably a lithium salt.
 一般式(3-1)中のR111、R112、R113、及びR114が表す置換基としては、それぞれ独立に、置換基群Bを挙げることができ、置換又は無置換のアルキル基、置換又は無置換のアリール基、置換又は無置換のヘテロ環基であることが好ましく、イオン性親水性基で置換されたアルキル基(炭素数1~10のアルキル基が挙げられ、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、i-プロピル基、n-ブチル基、i-ブチル基、sec-ブチル基、又はt-ブチル基が好ましく、メチル基、エチル基、又はn-プロピル基がより好ましく、n-プロピル基が更に好ましい。)、又はイオン性親水性基で置換されたアリール基(炭素数6~20のアリール基が挙げられ、フェニル基、ナフチル基が好ましく、フェニル基がより好ましい。)であることがより好ましい。 Examples of the substituent represented by R 111 , R 112 , R 113 , and R 114 in the general formula (3-1) can include, independently of each other, substituent group B, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, It is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group, and an alkyl group substituted with an ionic hydrophilic group (an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms includes a methyl group, an ethyl group, Group, n-propyl group, i-propyl group, n-butyl group, i-butyl group, sec-butyl group, or t-butyl group is preferable, and methyl group, ethyl group, or n-propyl group is more preferable. n-propyl group is more preferred) or an aryl group substituted with an ionic hydrophilic group (an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms is preferred, and a phenyl group and a naphthyl group are preferred, and a phenyl group is more preferred). It is more preferable.
 一般式(3-1)において、X、X、X、X及びXは各々独立に、水素原子、又は1価の置換基を表す。X、X、X、X及びXが置換基を表す場合の置換基としては、置換基群Aを挙げることができる。
 X、X、X、X及びXは各々独立に水素原子、イオン性親水性基、シアノ基、置換又は無置換のアルキルスルホニル基、置換又は無置換のアリールスルホニル基、ニトロ基、置換又は無置換のアルコキシカルボニル基、置換又は無置換のカルバモイル基、置換又は無置換のスルファモイル基であることが好ましく、水素原子、イオン性親水性基、シアノ基、メタンスルホニル基、フェニルスルホニル基、ニトロ基、メトキシカルボニル基、カルバモイル基であることがより好ましく、水素原子、イオン性親水性基、又はシアノ基であることが特に好ましい。
In the general formula (3-1), X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 and X 5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent. As the substituent when X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 and X 5 represent a substituent, the substituent group A can be exemplified.
X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 and X 5 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an ionic hydrophilic group, a cyano group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkylsulfonyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted arylsulfonyl group, or a nitro group. Preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted carbamoyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted sulfamoyl group, a hydrogen atom, an ionic hydrophilic group, a cyano group, a methanesulfonyl group, a phenylsulfonyl group , A nitro group, a methoxycarbonyl group, and a carbamoyl group, more preferably a hydrogen atom, an ionic hydrophilic group, or a cyano group.
 一般式(3-1)において、X及びXは各々独立に水素原子又はイオン性親水性基であることが好ましい。X、X、及びXはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又は置換基群Aのいずれかであることが好ましく、更に、X、X及びXの少なくとも一つはハメットのσp値が0.3以上の電子求引性基を表すことが好ましい。ハメットの置換基定数σp値の上限としては1.0以下の電子求引性基である。
 X、X、及びXの少なくとも一つが、σp値がこの範囲の電子求引性基であれば、アゾ化合物の色相調整と光堅牢性及びオゾンガス堅牢性向上が可能であり、インクジェット記録黒インク用水溶性染料として使用する点で効果を得ることができる。
In general formula (3-1), X 2 and X 4 are preferably each independently a hydrogen atom or an ionic hydrophilic group. X 1 , X 3 , and X 5 are each independently preferably either a hydrogen atom or substituent group A, and at least one of X 1 , X 3, and X 5 has a Hammett σp value It preferably represents an electron withdrawing group of 0.3 or more. The upper limit of Hammett's substituent constant σp value is an electron withdrawing group of 1.0 or less.
If at least one of X 1 , X 3 , and X 5 is an electron-withdrawing group having a σp value in this range, the hue of the azo compound can be adjusted, light fastness, and ozone gas fastness can be improved. An effect can be acquired by using as a water-soluble dye for black ink.
 σp値が0.3以上の電子求引性基の具体例としては、アシル基、アシルオキシ基、カルバモイル基、アルキルオキシカルボニル基、アリールオキシカルボニル基、シアノ基、ニトロ基、ジアルキルホスホノ基、ジアリールホスホノ基、ジアリールホスフィニル基、アルキルスルフィニル基、アリールスルフィニル基、アルキルスルホニル基、アリールスルホニル基、スルホニルオキシ基、アシルチオ基、スルファモイル基、チオシアネート基、チオカルボニル基、ハロゲン化アルキル基、ハロゲン化アルコキシ基、ハロゲン化アリールオキシ基、ハロゲン化アルキルアミノ基、ハロゲン化アルキルチオ基、σp値が0.3以上の他の電子求引性基で置換されたアリール基、ニトロ基、ヘテロ環基、ハロゲン原子、アゾ基、又はセレノシアネート基が挙げられる。好ましくはシアノ基、メチルスルホニル基、フェニルスルホニル基、メトキシカルボニル基、カルバモイル基、ニトロ基であり、より好ましくはシアノ基、メチルスルホニル基、ニトロ基である。 Specific examples of the electron withdrawing group having a σp value of 0.3 or more include acyl group, acyloxy group, carbamoyl group, alkyloxycarbonyl group, aryloxycarbonyl group, cyano group, nitro group, dialkylphosphono group, diaryl Phosphono group, diarylphosphinyl group, alkylsulfinyl group, arylsulfinyl group, alkylsulfonyl group, arylsulfonyl group, sulfonyloxy group, acylthio group, sulfamoyl group, thiocyanate group, thiocarbonyl group, halogenated alkyl group, halogenated Alkoxy group, halogenated aryloxy group, halogenated alkylamino group, halogenated alkylthio group, aryl group substituted with other electron-withdrawing group having σp value of 0.3 or more, nitro group, heterocyclic group, halogen Atoms, azo groups, or selenocyanes Group. A cyano group, a methylsulfonyl group, a phenylsulfonyl group, a methoxycarbonyl group, a carbamoyl group, and a nitro group are preferable, and a cyano group, a methylsulfonyl group, and a nitro group are more preferable.
 色相、着色力、水溶性の貯蔵安定性の観点から、上記の中でも、X、及びXの少なくとも一つはイオン性親水性基であることが好ましく、X1、、及びXが水素原子又はハメットのσp値が0.3以上の電子求引性基であることが好ましく、X1、、及びXが水素原子であって、X、及びXがイオン性親水性基であることがより好ましい。イオン性親水性基としては、-SOM又は-COM(Mは水素原子又は一価のカウンターカチオンを表す。)が好ましく、-COMがより好ましく、-COLiが特に好ましい。 From the viewpoints of hue, coloring power, and water-soluble storage stability, among the above, at least one of X 2 and X 4 is preferably an ionic hydrophilic group, and X 1, X 3 , and X 5 Is preferably a hydrogen atom or an electron-withdrawing group having a Hammett's σp value of 0.3 or more, X 1, X 3 and X 5 are hydrogen atoms, and X 2 and X 4 are ionic More preferably, it is a hydrophilic group. As the ionic hydrophilic group, —SO 3 M or —CO 2 M (M represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent counter cation) is preferable, —CO 2 M is more preferable, and —CO 2 Li is particularly preferable. .
 上記一般式(Q)又は(3-1)で表される化合物は、下記一般式(4-1)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 The compound represented by the general formula (Q) or (3-1) is preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (4-1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
 
 一般式(4-1)中、R111、R112、R113及びR114は各々独立に水素原子又は置換基を表す。X、X、X、X及びXは各々独立に水素原子又は置換基を表す。Mは各々独立にそれぞれ独立に水素原子又はカウンターカチオンを表す。 In general formula (4-1), R 111 , R 112 , R 113 and R 114 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent. X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 and X 5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent. M represents each independently a hydrogen atom or a counter cation.
 一般式(4-1)中のR111、R112、R113、R114、X、X、X、X、X及びMは、それぞれ独立に上記一般式(3-1)中のR111、R112、R113、R114、X、X、X、X、X及びMと同義であり、具体例及び好ましい範囲も同じである。 R 111 , R 112 , R 113 , R 114 , X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 , X 5 and M in the general formula (4-1) are each independently the above general formula (3-1) R 111 , R 112 , R 113 , R 114 , X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 , X 5 and M are the same, and specific examples and preferred ranges are also the same.
 この構造が好ましい要因としては、一般式(Q)におけるGを含む環が含窒素5員へテロ環ではなくチオフェン環となることで印画物の画像堅牢性の保存性(例えば、オゾンガス堅牢性、光堅牢性)、変色(色変化)、褪色(消色)をより高いレベルで改良でき、変褪色の変化が小さいことを要求される、グレイ~ブラックインクとしての適性が向上する。 The reason why this structure is preferable is that the ring containing G in the general formula (Q) is not a nitrogen-containing 5-membered hetero ring but a thiophene ring, so that the image fastness of the printed matter is preserved (for example, ozone gas fastness, Light fastness), discoloration (color change), and fading (decoloring) can be improved at a higher level, and the suitability as a gray to black ink is improved, which requires a small change in discoloration.
 上記一般式(Q)、(3-1)又は(4-1)で表される化合物は、下記一般式(5-1)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 The compound represented by the general formula (Q), (3-1) or (4-1) is preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (5-1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
 
 一般式(5-1)中、Mは各々独立に水素原子又はカウンターカチオンを表し、Mがカウンターカチオンを表す場合は、リチウムイオン、ナトリウムイオン、カリウムイオン、又はアンモニウムイオンを表すことが好ましい。 In general formula (5-1), each M independently represents a hydrogen atom or a counter cation, and when M represents a counter cation, it is preferably a lithium ion, a sodium ion, a potassium ion, or an ammonium ion.
 上記一般式(Q)で表される化合物は、下記一般式(3-2)で表される化合物であることも好ましい。 The compound represented by the general formula (Q) is preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (3-2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
 
 一般式(3-2)中、R203は置換基を表す。X、X、X、X及びXは各々独立に水素原子又は置換基を表す。Mは水素原子又はカウンターカチオンを表す。Gは窒素原子又は-CZ=を表す。Gが-CZ=を表す場合、Zはハメットの置換基定数σp値が0.20以上の電子求引性基を表す。 In general formula (3-2), R 203 represents a substituent. X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 and X 5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent. M represents a hydrogen atom or a counter cation. G represents a nitrogen atom or —CZ═. When G represents —CZ═, Z represents an electron withdrawing group having a Hammett's substituent constant σp value of 0.20 or more.
 一般式(3-2)中のR203が表す置換基としては、置換基群Bを挙げることができ、置換又は無置換のアルキル基、置換又は無置換のアリール基、置換又は無置換のヘテロ環基であることが好ましく、イオン性親水性基で置換されたアルキル基、又はアリール基であることがより好ましく、特に好ましくは、イオン性親水性基で置換されたアルキル基である。
 上記イオン性親水性基で置換されたアルキル基において、アルキル基としては、メチル基、エチル基、又はn-プロピル基、が好ましく、エチル基が特に好ましい。イオン性親水性基としては、-SOM又は-COM(Mは水素原子又はカウンターカチオンを表す。)が好ましく、-COMがより好ましく、-COLiが特に好ましい。
Examples of the substituent represented by R 203 in the general formula (3-2) include the substituent group B, and include a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, a substituted or unsubstituted hetero group. It is preferably a cyclic group, more preferably an alkyl group substituted with an ionic hydrophilic group, or an aryl group, and particularly preferably an alkyl group substituted with an ionic hydrophilic group.
In the alkyl group substituted with the ionic hydrophilic group, the alkyl group is preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, or an n-propyl group, and particularly preferably an ethyl group. As the ionic hydrophilic group, —SO 3 M or —CO 2 M (M represents a hydrogen atom or a counter cation) is preferable, —CO 2 M is more preferable, and —CO 2 Li is particularly preferable.
 一般式(3-2)中のMは一般式(3-1)中のMと同義であり、具体例及び好ましい範囲も同じである。 M in the general formula (3-2) has the same meaning as M in the general formula (3-1), and specific examples and preferred ranges thereof are also the same.
 一般式(3-2)において、X、X、X、X及びXは各々独立に水素原子又は置換基を表す。X、X、X、X及びXが置換基を表す場合の置換基としては置換基群Aを挙げることができる。
 X、X、X、X及びXは各々独立に水素原子、イオン性親水性基、シアノ基、置換又は無置換のアルキルスルホニル基、置換又は無置換のアリールスルホニル基、ニトロ基、置換又は無置換のアルコキシカルボニル基、置換又は無置換のカルバモイル基、置換又は無置換のスルファモイル基であることが好ましく、水素原子、イオン性親水性基、シアノ基、メタンスルホニル基、フェニルスルホニル基、ニトロ基、メトキシカルボニル基、カルバモイル基であることがより好ましく、水素原子、イオン性親水性基(-SOM又は-COMが好ましく、-COMがより好ましく、-COLiが特に好ましい。)、又はシアノ基であることが特に好ましい。
In the general formula (3-2), X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 and X 5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent. X 1, X 2, examples of the substituent when X 3, X 4 and X 5 represents a substituent can be exemplified substituent group A.
X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 and X 5 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an ionic hydrophilic group, a cyano group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkylsulfonyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted arylsulfonyl group, or a nitro group. Preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted carbamoyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted sulfamoyl group, a hydrogen atom, an ionic hydrophilic group, a cyano group, a methanesulfonyl group, a phenylsulfonyl group , A nitro group, a methoxycarbonyl group, and a carbamoyl group, a hydrogen atom, an ionic hydrophilic group (-SO 3 M or —CO 2 M is preferable, —CO 2 M is more preferable, —CO 2 Li Is particularly preferred), or a cyano group is particularly preferred.
 一般式(3-2)において、X及びXは各々独立に水素原子又はイオン性親水性基であることが好ましい。X、X、及びXは各々独立に水素原子又は置換基群Aのいずれかであることが好ましく、更に、X、X及びXの少なくとも一つはハメットのσp値が0.3以上の電子求引性基を表すことが好ましい。ハメットの置換基定数σp値の上限としては1.0以下の電子求引性基である。
 X、X、及びXの少なくとも一つが、σp値がこの範囲の電子求引性基であれば、アゾ化合物の色相調整と光堅牢性及びオゾンガス堅牢性向上が可能であり、インクジェット記録黒インク用水溶性染料として使用する点で効果を得ることができる。
In general formula (3-2), X 2 and X 4 are preferably each independently a hydrogen atom or an ionic hydrophilic group. X 1 , X 3 , and X 5 are preferably each independently a hydrogen atom or substituent group A, and at least one of X 1 , X 3, and X 5 has a Hammett's σp value of 0 It is preferable to represent 3 or more electron withdrawing groups. The upper limit of Hammett's substituent constant σp value is an electron withdrawing group of 1.0 or less.
If at least one of X 1 , X 3 , and X 5 is an electron-withdrawing group having a σp value in this range, the hue of the azo compound can be adjusted, light fastness, and ozone gas fastness can be improved. An effect can be acquired by using as a water-soluble dye for black ink.
 σp値が0.3以上の電子求引性基の具体例としては、アシル基、アシルオキシ基、カルバモイル基、アルキルオキシカルボニル基、アリールオキシカルボニル基、シアノ基、ニトロ基、ジアルキルホスホノ基、ジアリールホスホノ基、ジアリールホスフィニル基、アルキルスルフィニル基、アリールスルフィニル基、アルキルスルホニル基、アリールスルホニル基、スルホニルオキシ基、アシルチオ基、スルファモイル基、チオシアネート基、チオカルボニル基、ハロゲン化アルキル基、ハロゲン化アルコキシ基、ハロゲン化アリールオキシ基、ハロゲン化アルキルアミノ基、ハロゲン化アルキルチオ基、σp値が0.3以上の他の電子求引性基で置換されたアリール基、ニトロ基、ヘテロ環基、ハロゲン原子、アゾ基、又はセレノシアネート基が挙げられる。好ましくはシアノ基、メチルスルホニル基、フェニルスルホニル基、メトキシカルボニル基、カルバモイル基、ニトロ基であり、より好ましくはシアノ基、メチルスルホニル基、ニトロ基である。 Specific examples of the electron withdrawing group having a σp value of 0.3 or more include acyl group, acyloxy group, carbamoyl group, alkyloxycarbonyl group, aryloxycarbonyl group, cyano group, nitro group, dialkylphosphono group, diaryl Phosphono group, diarylphosphinyl group, alkylsulfinyl group, arylsulfinyl group, alkylsulfonyl group, arylsulfonyl group, sulfonyloxy group, acylthio group, sulfamoyl group, thiocyanate group, thiocarbonyl group, halogenated alkyl group, halogenated Alkoxy group, halogenated aryloxy group, halogenated alkylamino group, halogenated alkylthio group, aryl group substituted with other electron-withdrawing group having σp value of 0.3 or more, nitro group, heterocyclic group, halogen Atoms, azo groups, or selenocyanes Group. A cyano group, a methylsulfonyl group, a phenylsulfonyl group, a methoxycarbonyl group, a carbamoyl group, and a nitro group are preferable, and a cyano group, a methylsulfonyl group, and a nitro group are more preferable.
 色相、着色力、水溶性の貯蔵安定性の観点から、上記の中でも、X、及びXの少なくとも一つはイオン性親水性基であることが好ましく、X1、、及びXが水素原子又はハメットのσp値が0.3以上の電子求引性基であることが好ましく、X、X、及びXが水素原子であって、X、及びXがイオン性親水性基であることがより好ましい。イオン性親水性基としては、-SOM又は-COM(Mは水素原子又はカウンターカチオンを表す。)が好ましく、-COMがより好ましく、-COLiが特に好ましい。 From the viewpoints of hue, coloring power, and water-soluble storage stability, among the above, at least one of X 2 and X 4 is preferably an ionic hydrophilic group, and X 1, X 3 , and X 5 Is preferably a hydrogen atom or an electron-withdrawing group having a Hammett's σp value of 0.3 or more, X 1 , X 3 , and X 5 are hydrogen atoms, and X 2 and X 4 are ionic More preferably, it is a hydrophilic group. As the ionic hydrophilic group, —SO 3 M or —CO 2 M (M represents a hydrogen atom or a counter cation) is preferable, —CO 2 M is more preferable, and —CO 2 Li is particularly preferable.
 上記一般式(Q)又は(3-2)で表される化合物は、下記一般式(4-2)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 The compound represented by the general formula (Q) or (3-2) is preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (4-2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
 
 一般式(4-2)中、R203は置換基を表す。X、X、X、X、及びXは各々独立に水素原子又は置換基を表す。Mは各々独立に水素原子又はカウンターカチオンを表す。 In general formula (4-2), R 203 represents a substituent. X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 , and X 5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent. M represents a hydrogen atom or a counter cation each independently.
 一般式(4-2)中のR203、X、X、X、X、X及びMは、それぞれ一般式(3-2)中のR203、X、X、X、X、X及びMと同義であり、具体例及び好ましい範囲も同じである。 R 203 , X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 , X 5 and M in the general formula (4-2) are respectively R 203 , X 1 , X 2 , X in the general formula (3-2). 3 , X 4 , X 5 and M have the same meaning, and specific examples and preferred ranges are also the same.
 上記一般式(Q)、(3-2)又は(4-2)で表される化合物は、下記一般式(5-2)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 The compound represented by the general formula (Q), (3-2) or (4-2) is preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (5-2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
 
 Mはそれぞれ独立に水素原子又はカウンターカチオンを表し、Mがカウンターカチオンを表す場合は、リチウムイオン、ナトリウムイオン、カリウムイオン、又はアンモニウムイオンを表すことが好ましい。 M independently represents a hydrogen atom or a counter cation, and when M represents a counter cation, it preferably represents a lithium ion, a sodium ion, a potassium ion, or an ammonium ion.
 一般式(5-2)中のMは一般式(3-2)中のMと同義であり、具体例及び好ましい範囲も同じである。 M in the general formula (5-2) has the same meaning as M in the general formula (3-2), and specific examples and preferred ranges are also the same.
 以下に一般式(Q)、(3-1)、(3-2)、(4-1)、(4-2)、(5-1)、又は(5-2)で表される化合物の具体例を示すが、本発明はこれらに限定されるものではない。下記構造式中、Mは水素原子又はカウンターカチオンを表し、Meはメチル基を表し、Acはアセチル基、Phはフェニル基を表す。 The compounds of the general formula (Q), (3-1), (3-2), (4-1), (4-2), (5-1), or (5-2) Although a specific example is shown, this invention is not limited to these. In the following structural formula, M represents a hydrogen atom or a counter cation, Me represents a methyl group, Ac represents an acetyl group, and Ph represents a phenyl group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
〔合成方法〕
 一般式(Q)で表される化合物は、ジアゾ成分とカプラーとのカップリング反応によって合成することができるが、それらについては、特開2003-306623号公報、特開2005-139427号公報及び特開2012-177073号公報に記載がある。
(Synthesis method)
The compound represented by the general formula (Q) can be synthesized by a coupling reaction between a diazo component and a coupler, and these are described in JP-A-2003-306623, JP-A-2005-139427, and the like. This is described in Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2012-177073.
〔一般式(1)で表されるフタロシアニン染料〕
 次に、一般式(1)で表されるフタロシアニン染料について詳細に説明する。
[Phthalocyanine dye represented by formula (1)]
Next, the phthalocyanine dye represented by the general formula (1) will be described in detail.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
 一般式(1)中、
 R、R、R、R、R10、R11、R14及びR15は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルケニル基、アラルキル基、アリール基、ヘテロ環基、シアノ基、ヒドロキシル基、ニトロ基、アミノ基、アルキルアミノ基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、アミド基、アリールアミノ基、ウレイド基、スルファモイルアミノ基、アルキルチオ基、アリールチオ基、アルコキシカルボニルアミノ基、スルホンアミド基、カルバモイル基、スルファモイル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、ヘテロ環オキシ基、アゾ基、アシルオキシ基、カルバモイルオキシ基、シリルオキシ基、アリールオキシカルボニル基、アリールオキシカルボニルアミノ基、イミド基、ヘテロ環チオ基、ホスホリル基、アシル基又はイオン性親水性基を表す。これらの基は、更に置換基を有していてもよい。
 Z、Z、Z、及びZは、それぞれ独立に、置換若しくは無置換のアルキル基、置換若しくは無置換のシクロアルキル基、置換若しくは無置換のアルケニル基、置換若しくは無置換のアラルキル基、置換若しくは無置換のアリール基、又は置換若しくは無置換のヘテロ環基を表す。但し、Z、Z、Z、及びZのうち少なくとも1つは、イオン性親水性基を置換基として有する。
 l、m、n、p、q、q、q及びqは、それぞれ独立に、1又は2を表す。
 Mは、水素原子、金属元素、金属酸化物、金属水酸化物又は金属ハロゲン化物を表す。
In general formula (1),
R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , R 14 and R 15 are each independently a hydrogen atom, halogen atom, alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, alkenyl group, aralkyl group, aryl group , Heterocyclic group, cyano group, hydroxyl group, nitro group, amino group, alkylamino group, alkoxy group, aryloxy group, amide group, arylamino group, ureido group, sulfamoylamino group, alkylthio group, arylthio group, Alkoxycarbonylamino group, sulfonamide group, carbamoyl group, sulfamoyl group, alkoxycarbonyl group, heterocyclic oxy group, azo group, acyloxy group, carbamoyloxy group, silyloxy group, aryloxycarbonyl group, aryloxycarbonylamino group, imide group , Heterocyclic thio group, phosphoryl Group, an acyl group or an ionic hydrophilic group. These groups may further have a substituent.
Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 and Z 4 are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group. Represents a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group. However, at least one of Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 , and Z 4 has an ionic hydrophilic group as a substituent.
l, m, n, p, q 1 , q 2 , q 3 and q 4 each independently represent 1 or 2.
M 1 represents a hydrogen atom, a metal element, a metal oxide, a metal hydroxide, or a metal halide.
 一般式(1)中、R、R、R、R、R10、R11、R14及びR15は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルケニル基、アラルキル基、アリール基、ヘテロ環基、シアノ基、ヒドロキシル基、ニトロ基、アミノ基、アルキルアミノ基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、アミド基、アリールアミノ基、ウレイド基、スルファモイルアミノ基、アルキルチオ基、アリールチオ基、アルコキシカルボニルアミノ基、スルホンアミド基、カルバモイル基、スルファモイル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、ヘテロ環オキシ基、アゾ基、アシルオキシ基、カルバモイルオキシ基、シリルオキシ基、アリールオキシカルボニル基、アリールオキシカルボニルアミノ基、イミド基、ヘテロ環チオ基、ホスホリル基、アシル基又はイオン性親水性基を表す。これらの基は、更に置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、上記置換基群Cに記載の置換基が挙げられる。 In general formula (1), R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , R 14 and R 15 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or an alkenyl. Group, aralkyl group, aryl group, heterocyclic group, cyano group, hydroxyl group, nitro group, amino group, alkylamino group, alkoxy group, aryloxy group, amide group, arylamino group, ureido group, sulfamoylamino group , Alkylthio group, arylthio group, alkoxycarbonylamino group, sulfonamido group, carbamoyl group, sulfamoyl group, alkoxycarbonyl group, heterocyclic oxy group, azo group, acyloxy group, carbamoyloxy group, silyloxy group, aryloxycarbonyl group, aryl Oxycarbonylamino group, imide group, heterocycle It represents an OH group, a phosphoryl group, an acyl group or an ionic hydrophilic group. These groups may further have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the substituents described in the above substituent group C.
 R、R、R、R、R10、R11、R14及びR15が表すハロゲン原子としては、フッ素原子、塩素原子及び臭素原子が挙げられる。 Examples of the halogen atom represented by R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , R 14 and R 15 include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom and a bromine atom.
 R、R、R、R、R10、R11、R14及びR15が表すアルキル基には、置換基を有するアルキル基及び無置換のアルキル基が含まれる。アルキル基としては、置換基を除いたときの炭素原子数が1~12のアルキル基が好ましい。置換基の例には、ヒドロキシル基、アルコキシ基、シアノ基、及びハロゲン原子及びイオン性親水性基が含まれる。アルキル基の例には、メチル、エチル、ブチル、イソプロピル、t-ブチル、ヒドロキシエチル、メトキシエチル、シアノエチル、トリフルオロメチル、3-スルホプロピル及び4-スルホブチルが含まれる。 The alkyl group represented by R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , R 14 and R 15 includes an alkyl group having a substituent and an unsubstituted alkyl group. As the alkyl group, an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms when a substituent is removed is preferable. Examples of the substituent include a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, a cyano group, and a halogen atom and an ionic hydrophilic group. Examples of the alkyl group include methyl, ethyl, butyl, isopropyl, t-butyl, hydroxyethyl, methoxyethyl, cyanoethyl, trifluoromethyl, 3-sulfopropyl and 4-sulfobutyl.
 R、R、R、R、R10、R11、R14及びR15が表すシクロアルキル基には、置換基を有するシクロアルキル基及び無置換のシクロアルキル基が含まれる。シクロアルキル基としては、置換基を除いたときの炭素原子数が5~12のシクロアルキル基が好ましい。置換基の例には、イオン性親水性基が含まれる。シクロアルキル基の例には、シクロヘキシル基が含まれる。 The cycloalkyl group represented by R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , R 14 and R 15 includes a cycloalkyl group having a substituent and an unsubstituted cycloalkyl group. The cycloalkyl group is preferably a cycloalkyl group having 5 to 12 carbon atoms when a substituent is removed. Examples of the substituent include an ionic hydrophilic group. Examples of the cycloalkyl group include a cyclohexyl group.
 R、R、R、R、R10、R11、R14及びR15が表すアルケニル基には、置換基を有するアルケニル基及び無置換のアルケニル基が含まれる。アルケニル基としては、置換基を除いたときの炭素原子数が2~12のアルケニル基が好ましい。置換基の例には、イオン性親水性基が含まれる。アルケニル基の例には、ビニル基、アリル基等が含まれる。 The alkenyl group represented by R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , R 14 and R 15 includes an alkenyl group having a substituent and an unsubstituted alkenyl group. As the alkenyl group, an alkenyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms when a substituent is removed is preferable. Examples of the substituent include an ionic hydrophilic group. Examples of the alkenyl group include a vinyl group and an allyl group.
 R、R、R、R、R10、R11、R14及びR15が表すアラルキル基としては、置換基を有するアラルキル基及び無置換のアラルキル基が含まれる。アラルキル基としては、置換基を除いたときの炭素原子数が7~12のアラルキル基が好ましい。置換基の例には、イオン性親水性基が含まれる。アラルキル基の例には、ベンジル基、及び2-フェネチル基が含まれる。 The aralkyl group represented by R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , R 14 and R 15 includes an aralkyl group having a substituent and an unsubstituted aralkyl group. As the aralkyl group, an aralkyl group having 7 to 12 carbon atoms when a substituent is removed is preferable. Examples of the substituent include an ionic hydrophilic group. Examples of the aralkyl group include a benzyl group and a 2-phenethyl group.
 R、R、R、R、R10、R11、R14及びR15が表すアリール基には、置換基を有するアリール基及び無置換のアリール基が含まれる。アリール基としては、置換基を除いたときの炭素原子数が6~12のアリール基が好ましい。置換基の例には、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、ハロゲン原子、アルキルアミノ基及びイオン性親水性基が含まれる。アリール基の例には、フェニル、p-トリル、p-メトキシフェニル、o-クロロフェニル及びm-(3-スルホプロピルアミノ)フェニルが含まれる。 The aryl group represented by R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , R 14 and R 15 includes an aryl group having a substituent and an unsubstituted aryl group. The aryl group is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms when the substituent is removed. Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, a halogen atom, an alkylamino group, and an ionic hydrophilic group. Examples of the aryl group include phenyl, p-tolyl, p-methoxyphenyl, o-chlorophenyl and m- (3-sulfopropylamino) phenyl.
 R、R、R、R、R10、R11、R14及びR15が表すヘテロ環基には、置換基を有するヘテロ環基及び無置換のヘテロ環基が含まれる。ヘテロ環基としては、5員又は6員環のヘテロ環基が好ましい。置換基の例には、イオン性親水性基が含まれる。へテロ環基の例には、2-ピリジル基、2-チエニル基及び2-フリル基が含まれる。 The heterocyclic group represented by R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , R 14 and R 15 includes a heterocyclic group having a substituent and an unsubstituted heterocyclic group. The heterocyclic group is preferably a 5-membered or 6-membered heterocyclic group. Examples of the substituent include an ionic hydrophilic group. Examples of the heterocyclic group include a 2-pyridyl group, a 2-thienyl group and a 2-furyl group.
 R、R、R、R、R10、R11、R14及びR15が表すアルキルアミノ基には、置換基を有するアルキルアミノ基及び無置換のアルキルアミノ基が含まれる。アルキルアミノ基としては、置換基を除いたときの炭素原子数1~6のアルキルアミノ基が好ましい。置換基の例には、イオン性親水性基が含まれる。アルキルアミノ基の例には、メチルアミノ基及びジエチルアミノ基が含まれる。 The alkylamino group represented by R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , R 14 and R 15 includes an alkylamino group having a substituent and an unsubstituted alkylamino group. The alkylamino group is preferably an alkylamino group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms when a substituent is removed. Examples of the substituent include an ionic hydrophilic group. Examples of the alkylamino group include a methylamino group and a diethylamino group.
 R、R、R、R、R10、R11、R14及びR15が表すアルコキシ基には、置換基を有するアルコキシ基及び無置換のアルコキシ基が含まれる。置換基を除いたときのアルコキシ基としては、炭素原子数が1~12のアルコキシ基が好ましい。置換基の例には、アルコキシ基、ヒドロキシル基及びイオン性親水性基が含まれる。アルコキシ基の例には、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、イソプロポキシ基、メトキシエトキシ基、ヒドロキシエトキシ基及び3-カルボキシプロポキシ基が含まれる。 The alkoxy group represented by R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , R 14 and R 15 includes an alkoxy group having a substituent and an unsubstituted alkoxy group. The alkoxy group excluding the substituent is preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms. Examples of the substituent include an alkoxy group, a hydroxyl group, and an ionic hydrophilic group. Examples of the alkoxy group include a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, an isopropoxy group, a methoxyethoxy group, a hydroxyethoxy group, and a 3-carboxypropoxy group.
 R、R、R、R、R10、R11、R14及びR15が表すアリールオキシ基には、置換基を有するアリールオキシ基及び無置換のアリールオキシ基が含まれる。アリールオキシ基としては、置換基を除いたときの炭素原子数が6~12のアリールオキシ基が好ましい。置換基の例には、アルコキシ基及びイオン性親水性基が含まれる。アリールオキシ基の例には、フェノキシ基、p-メトキシフェノキシ基及びo-メトキシフェノキシ基が含まれる。 The aryloxy group represented by R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , R 14 and R 15 includes an aryloxy group having a substituent and an unsubstituted aryloxy group. The aryloxy group is preferably an aryloxy group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms when a substituent is removed. Examples of the substituent include an alkoxy group and an ionic hydrophilic group. Examples of the aryloxy group include a phenoxy group, a p-methoxyphenoxy group, and an o-methoxyphenoxy group.
 R、R、R、R、R10、R11、R14及びR15が表すアミド基には、置換基を有するアミド基及び無置換のアミド基が含まれる。アミド基としては、置換基を除いたときの炭素原子数が2~12のアミド基が好ましい。置換基の例には、イオン性親水性基が含まれる。アミド基の例には、アセトアミド基、プロピオンアミド基、ベンズアミド基及び3,5-ジスルホベンズアミド基が含まれる。 The amide group represented by R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , R 14 and R 15 includes an amide group having a substituent and an unsubstituted amide group. The amide group is preferably an amide group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms when a substituent is removed. Examples of the substituent include an ionic hydrophilic group. Examples of the amide group include an acetamide group, a propionamide group, a benzamide group, and a 3,5-disulfobenzamide group.
 R、R、R、R、R10、R11、R14及びR15が表すアリールアミノ基には、置換基を有するアリールアミノ基及び無置換のアリールアミノ基が含まれる。アリールアミノ基としては、置換基を除いたときの炭素原子数が6~12のアリールアミノ基が好ましい。置換基の例としては、ハロゲン原子及びイオン性親水性基が含まれる。アリールアミノ基の例としては、アニリノ基及び2-クロロアニリノ基が含まれる。 The arylamino group represented by R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , R 14 and R 15 includes an arylamino group having a substituent and an unsubstituted arylamino group. The arylamino group is preferably an arylamino group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms when a substituent is removed. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom and an ionic hydrophilic group. Examples of the arylamino group include an anilino group and a 2-chloroanilino group.
 R、R、R、R、R10、R11、R14及びR15が表すウレイド基には、置換基を有するウレイド基及び無置換のウレイド基が含まれる。ウレイド基としては、置換基を除いたときの炭素原子数が1~12のウレイド基が好ましい。置換基の例には、アルキル基及びアリール基が含まれる。ウレイド基の例には、3-メチルウレイド基、3,3-ジメチルウレイド基及び3-フェニルウレイド基が含まれる。 The ureido group represented by R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , R 14 and R 15 includes a ureido group having a substituent and an unsubstituted ureido group. The ureido group is preferably a ureido group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms when a substituent is removed. Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group and an aryl group. Examples of the ureido group include a 3-methylureido group, a 3,3-dimethylureido group, and a 3-phenylureido group.
 R、R、R、R、R10、R11、R14及びR15が表すスルファモイルアミノ基には、置換基を有するスルファモイルアミノ基及び無置換のスルファモイルアミノ基が含まれる。置換基の例には、アルキル基が含まれる。スルファモイルアミノ基の例には、N,N-ジプロピルスルファモイルアミノ基が含まれる。 The sulfamoylamino group represented by R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , R 14 and R 15 includes a sulfamoylamino group having a substituent and an unsubstituted sulfamoylamino group. A group is included. Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group. Examples of the sulfamoylamino group include N, N-dipropylsulfamoylamino group.
 R、R、R、R、R10、R11、R14及びR15が表すアルキルチオ基には、置換基を有するアルキルチオ基及び無置換のアルキルチオ基が含まれる。アルキルチオ基としては、置換基を除いたときの炭素原子数が1~12のアルキルチオ基が好ましい。置換基の例には、イオン性親水性基が含まれる。アルキルチオ基の例には、メチルチオ基及びエチルチオ基が含まれる。 The alkylthio group represented by R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , R 14 and R 15 includes an alkylthio group having a substituent and an unsubstituted alkylthio group. The alkylthio group is preferably an alkylthio group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms when a substituent is removed. Examples of the substituent include an ionic hydrophilic group. Examples of the alkylthio group include a methylthio group and an ethylthio group.
 R、R、R、R、R10、R11、R14及びR15が表すアリールチオ基には、置換基を有するアリールチオ基及び無置換のアリールチオ基が含まれる。アリールチオ基としては、置換基を除いたときの炭素原子数が6~12のアリールチオ基が好ましい。置換基の例には、アルキル基、及びイオン性親水性基が含まれる。アリールチオ基の例には、フェニルチオ基及びp-トリルチオ基が含まれる。 The arylthio group represented by R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , R 14 and R 15 includes an arylthio group having a substituent and an unsubstituted arylthio group. The arylthio group is preferably an arylthio group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms when a substituent is removed. Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group and an ionic hydrophilic group. Examples of the arylthio group include a phenylthio group and a p-tolylthio group.
 R、R、R、R、R10、R11、R14及びR15が表すアルコキシカルボニルアミノ基には、置換基を有するアルコキシカルボニルアミノ基及び無置換のアルコキシカルボニルアミノ基が含まれる。アルコキシカルボニルアミノ基としては、置換基を除いたときの炭素原子数が2~12のアルコキシカルボニルアミノ基が好ましい。置換基の例には、イオン性親水性基が含まれる。アルコキシカルボニルアミノ基の例には、エトキシカルボニルアミノ基が含まれる。 The alkoxycarbonylamino group represented by R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , R 14 and R 15 includes an alkoxycarbonylamino group having a substituent and an unsubstituted alkoxycarbonylamino group. It is. The alkoxycarbonylamino group is preferably an alkoxycarbonylamino group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms when a substituent is removed. Examples of the substituent include an ionic hydrophilic group. Examples of the alkoxycarbonylamino group include an ethoxycarbonylamino group.
 R、R、R、R、R10、R11、R14及びR15が表すスルホンアミド基には、置換基を有するスルホンアミド基及び無置換のスルホンアミド基が含まれる。スルホンアミド基としては、置換基を除いたときの炭素原子数が1~12のスルホンアミド基が好ましい。置換基の例には、イオン性親水性基が含まれる。スルホンアミド基の例には、メタンスルホンアミド、ベンゼンスルホンアミド、及び3-カルボキシベンゼンスルホンアミドが含まれる。 The sulfonamide group represented by R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , R 14 and R 15 includes a sulfonamide group having a substituent and an unsubstituted sulfonamide group. The sulfonamide group is preferably a sulfonamide group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms when a substituent is removed. Examples of the substituent include an ionic hydrophilic group. Examples of the sulfonamide group include methanesulfonamide, benzenesulfonamide, and 3-carboxybenzenesulfonamide.
 R、R、R、R、R10、R11、R14及びR15が表すカルバモイル基には、置換基を有するカルバモイル基及び無置換のカルバモイル基が含まれる。置換基の例には、アルキル基が含まれる。カルバモイル基の例には、メチルカルバモイル基及びジメチルカルバモイル基が含まれる。 The carbamoyl group represented by R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , R 14 and R 15 includes a carbamoyl group having a substituent and an unsubstituted carbamoyl group. Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group. Examples of the carbamoyl group include a methylcarbamoyl group and a dimethylcarbamoyl group.
 R、R、R、R、R10、R11、R14及びR15が表すスルファモイル基には、置換基を有するスルファモイル基及び無置換のスルファモイル基が含まれる。置換基の例には、アルキル基、アリ-ル基が含まれる。スルファモイル基の例には、ジメチルスルファモイル基及びジ-(2-ヒドロキシエチル)スルファモイル基、フェニルスルファモイル基が含まれる。 The sulfamoyl group represented by R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , R 14 and R 15 includes a sulfamoyl group having a substituent and an unsubstituted sulfamoyl group. Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group and an aryl group. Examples of the sulfamoyl group include a dimethylsulfamoyl group, a di- (2-hydroxyethyl) sulfamoyl group, and a phenylsulfamoyl group.
 R、R、R、R、R10、R11、R14及びR15が表すアルコキシカルボニル基には、置換基を有するアルコキシカルボニル基及び無置換のアルコキシカルボニル基が含まれる。アルコキシカルボニル基としては、置換基を除いたときの炭素原子数が2~12のアルコキシカルボニル基が好ましい。置換基の例には、イオン性親水性基が含まれる。アルコキシカルボニル基の例には、メトキシカルボニル基及びエトキシカルボニル基が含まれる。 The alkoxycarbonyl group represented by R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , R 14 and R 15 includes an alkoxycarbonyl group having a substituent and an unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyl group. The alkoxycarbonyl group is preferably an alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms when a substituent is removed. Examples of the substituent include an ionic hydrophilic group. Examples of the alkoxycarbonyl group include a methoxycarbonyl group and an ethoxycarbonyl group.
 R、R、R、R、R10、R11、R14及びR15が表すヘテロ環オキシ基には、置換基を有するヘテロ環オキシ基及び無置換のヘテロ環オキシ基が含まれる。ヘテロ環オキシ基としては、5員又は6員環のヘテロ環を有するヘテロ環オキシ基が好ましい。置換基の例には、ヒドロキシル基、及びイオン性親水性基が含まれる。ヘテロ環オキシ基の例には、2-テトラヒドロピラニルオキシ基が含まれる。 The heterocyclic oxy group represented by R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , R 14 and R 15 includes a heterocyclic oxy group having a substituent and an unsubstituted heterocyclic oxy group. It is. The heterocyclic oxy group is preferably a heterocyclic oxy group having a 5-membered or 6-membered heterocyclic ring. Examples of the substituent include a hydroxyl group and an ionic hydrophilic group. Examples of the heterocyclic oxy group include a 2-tetrahydropyranyloxy group.
 R、R、R、R、R10、R11、R14及びR15が表すアゾ基には、置換基を有するアゾ基及び無置換のアゾ基が含まれる。アゾ基の例には、p-ニトロフェニルアゾ基が含まれる。 The azo group represented by R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , R 14 and R 15 includes an azo group having a substituent and an unsubstituted azo group. Examples of the azo group include a p-nitrophenylazo group.
 R、R、R、R、R10、R11、R14及びR15が表すアシルオキシ基には、置換基を有するアシルオキシ基及び無置換のアシルオキシ基が含まれる。アシルオキシ基としては、置換基を除いたときの炭素原子数1~12のアシルオキシ基が好ましい。置換基の例には、イオン性親水性基が含まれる。アシルオキシ基の例には、アセトキシ基及びベンゾイルオキシ基が含まれる。 The acyloxy group represented by R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , R 14 and R 15 includes an acyloxy group having a substituent and an unsubstituted acyloxy group. The acyloxy group is preferably an acyloxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms when a substituent is removed. Examples of the substituent include an ionic hydrophilic group. Examples of the acyloxy group include an acetoxy group and a benzoyloxy group.
 R、R、R、R、R10、R11、R14及びR15が表すカルバモイルオキシ基には、置換基を有するカルバモイルオキシ基及び無置換のカルバモイルオキシ基が含まれる。置換基の例には、アルキル基が含まれる。カルバモイルオキシ基の例には、N-メチルカルバモイルオキシ基が含まれる。 The carbamoyloxy group represented by R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , R 14 and R 15 includes a carbamoyloxy group having a substituent and an unsubstituted carbamoyloxy group. Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group. Examples of the carbamoyloxy group include an N-methylcarbamoyloxy group.
 R、R、R、R、R10、R11、R14及びR15が表すシリルオキシ基には、置換基を有するシリルオキシ基及び無置換のシリルオキシ基が含まれる。置換基の例には、アルキル基が含まれる。シリルオキシ基の例には、トリメチルシリルオキシ基が含まれる。 The silyloxy group represented by R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , R 14 and R 15 includes a silyloxy group having a substituent and an unsubstituted silyloxy group. Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group. Examples of the silyloxy group include a trimethylsilyloxy group.
 R、R、R、R、R10、R11、R14及びR15が表すアリールオキシカルボニル基には、置換基を有するアリールオキシカルボニル基及び無置換のアリールオキシカルボニル基が含まれる。アリールオキシカルボニル基としては、置換基を除いたときの炭素原子数が7~12のアリールオキシカルボニル基が好ましい。置換基の例には、イオン性親水性基が含まれる。アリールオキシカルボニル基の例には、フェノキシカルボニル基が含まれる。 The aryloxycarbonyl group represented by R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , R 14 and R 15 includes an aryloxycarbonyl group having a substituent and an unsubstituted aryloxycarbonyl group. It is. The aryloxycarbonyl group is preferably an aryloxycarbonyl group having 7 to 12 carbon atoms when a substituent is removed. Examples of the substituent include an ionic hydrophilic group. Examples of the aryloxycarbonyl group include a phenoxycarbonyl group.
 R、R、R、R、R10、R11、R14及びR15が表すアリールオキシカルボニルアミノ基には、置換基を有するアリールオキシカルボニルアミノ基及び無置換のアリールオキシカルボニルアミノ基が含まれる。アリールオキシカルボニルアミノ基としては、置換基を除いたときの炭素原子数が7~12のアリールオキシカルボニルアミノ基が好ましい。置換基の例には、イオン性親水性基が含まれる。アリールオキシカルボニルアミノ基の例には、フェノキシカルボニルアミノ基が含まれる。 The aryloxycarbonylamino group represented by R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , R 14 and R 15 includes an aryloxycarbonylamino group having a substituent and an unsubstituted aryloxycarbonylamino A group is included. The aryloxycarbonylamino group is preferably an aryloxycarbonylamino group having 7 to 12 carbon atoms when a substituent is removed. Examples of the substituent include an ionic hydrophilic group. Examples of the aryloxycarbonylamino group include a phenoxycarbonylamino group.
 R、R、R、R、R10、R11、R14及びR15が表すイミド基には、置換基を有するイミド基及び無置換のイミド基が含まれる。イミド基の例には、N-フタルイミド基及びN-スクシンイミド基が含まれる。 The imide group represented by R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , R 14 and R 15 includes an imide group having a substituent and an unsubstituted imide group. Examples of the imide group include an N-phthalimide group and an N-succinimide group.
 R、R、R、R、R10、R11、R14及びR15が表すヘテロ環チオ基には、置換基を有するヘテロ環チオ基及び無置換のヘテロ環チオ基が含まれる。ヘテロ環チオ基としては、5員又は6員環のヘテロ環を有することが好ましい。置換基の例には、イオン性親水性基が含まれる。へテロ環チオ基の例には、2-ピリジルチオ基が含まれる。 The heterocyclic thio group represented by R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , R 14 and R 15 includes a heterocyclic thio group having a substituent and an unsubstituted heterocyclic thio group. It is. The heterocyclic thio group preferably has a 5-membered or 6-membered heterocyclic ring. Examples of the substituent include an ionic hydrophilic group. Examples of the heterocyclic thio group include a 2-pyridylthio group.
 R、R、R、R、R10、R11、R14及びR15が表すホスホリル基には、置換基を有するホスホリル基及び無置換のホスホリル基が含まれる。ホスホリル基の例には、フェノキシホスホリル基及びフェニルホスホリル基が含まれる。 The phosphoryl group represented by R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , R 14 and R 15 includes a phosphoryl group having a substituent and an unsubstituted phosphoryl group. Examples of the phosphoryl group include a phenoxyphosphoryl group and a phenylphosphoryl group.
 R、R、R、R、R10、R11、R14及びR15が表すアシル基には、置換基を有するアシル基及び無置換のアシル基が含まれる。アシル基としては、置換基を除いたときの炭素原子数が1~12のアシル基が好ましい。置換基の例には、イオン性親水性基が含まれる。アシル基の例には、アセチル基及びベンゾイル基が含まれる。 The acyl group represented by R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , R 14 and R 15 includes an acyl group having a substituent and an unsubstituted acyl group. The acyl group is preferably an acyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms when a substituent is removed. Examples of the substituent include an ionic hydrophilic group. Examples of the acyl group include an acetyl group and a benzoyl group.
 R、R、R、R、R10、R11、R14及びR15が表すイオン性親水性基には、スルホ基、カルボキシル基、及び4級アンモニウム基等が含まれる。イオン性親水性基としては、カルボキシル基及びスルホ基が好ましく、特にスルホ基が好ましい。カルボキシル基及びスルホ基は塩の状態であってもよく、塩を形成する対イオンの例には、アルカリ金属イオン(例、ナトリウムイオン、カリウムイオン)及び有機カチオン(例、テトラメチルグアニジウムイオン)が含まれる。 The ionic hydrophilic group represented by R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , R 14 and R 15 includes a sulfo group, a carboxyl group, a quaternary ammonium group, and the like. As the ionic hydrophilic group, a carboxyl group and a sulfo group are preferable, and a sulfo group is particularly preferable. The carboxyl group and the sulfo group may be in a salt state, and examples of the counter ion forming the salt include alkali metal ions (eg, sodium ion, potassium ion) and organic cations (eg, tetramethylguanidinium ion). ) Is included.
 R、R、R、R、R10、R11、R14及びR15は、なかでも、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基、アリール基、シアノ基、アルコキシ基、アミド基、ウレイド基、スルホンアミド基、カルバモイル基、スルファモイル基及びアルコキシカルボニル基が好ましく、特に水素原子、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基が好ましく、水素原子が最も好ましい。 R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , R 14 and R 15 are hydrogen atom, halogen atom, alkyl group, aryl group, cyano group, alkoxy group, amide group, ureido, among others Group, sulfonamido group, carbamoyl group, sulfamoyl group and alkoxycarbonyl group are preferable, hydrogen atom, halogen atom and cyano group are particularly preferable, and hydrogen atom is most preferable.
 一般式(1)中、Z、Z、Z、及びZは、それぞれ独立に、置換若しくは無置換のアルキル基、置換若しくは無置換のシクロアルキル基、置換若しくは無置換のアルケニル基、置換若しくは無置換のアラルキル基、置換若しくは無置換のアリール基、又は置換若しくは無置換のヘテロ環基を表す。但し、Z、Z、Z、及びZのうち少なくとも1つは、イオン性親水性基を置換基として有する。置換基としては、上記置換基群Cに記載の置換基が挙げられる。 In general formula (1), Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 , and Z 4 are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group, It represents a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group. However, at least one of Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 , and Z 4 has an ionic hydrophilic group as a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the substituents described in the above substituent group C.
 Z、Z、Z、及びZが表すアルキル基には、置換基を有するアルキル基及び無置換のアルキル基が含まれる。アルキル基は、置換基を除いたときの炭素原子数が1~12のアルキル基が好ましい。置換基の例には、ヒドロキシル基、アルコキシ基、シアノ基、アルキルアミノ基(RNH-、RR’N-)、カルバモイル基(―CONHR)、スルファモイル基(―SONHR、―SONRR’)、スルホニルアミノ基(―NHSOR)、-SONHR基、-SONRR’基、ハロゲン原子及びイオン性親水性基が含まれる。(なお上記R、R’はアルキル基、フェニル基を表し、更にこれらは置換基を有してもよい。置換基としては、アルキルアミノ基、ヒドロキシル基、イオン性親水性基などが挙げられる。R、R’は化学結合により環を形成していてもよい。)アルキル基の例には、メチル、エチル、ブチル、n-プロピル、イソプロピル、t-ブチル、ヒドロキシエチル、メトキシエチル、シアノエチル、トリフルオロメチル、3-スルホプロピル及び4-スルホブチルが含まれる。 The alkyl group represented by Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 , and Z 4 includes an alkyl group having a substituent and an unsubstituted alkyl group. The alkyl group is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms when a substituent is removed. Examples of the substituent group, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, a cyano group, an alkylamino group (RNH-, RR'N-), a carbamoyl group (-CONHR), a sulfamoyl group (-SO 2 NHR, -SO 2 NRR ') Sulfonylamino group (—NHSO 2 R), —SONHR group, —SONRR ′ group, halogen atom and ionic hydrophilic group. (Note that R and R ′ represent an alkyl group and a phenyl group, and these may further have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include an alkylamino group, a hydroxyl group, and an ionic hydrophilic group. R and R ′ may form a ring by a chemical bond.) Examples of the alkyl group include methyl, ethyl, butyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, t-butyl, hydroxyethyl, methoxyethyl, cyanoethyl, trimethyl. Included are fluoromethyl, 3-sulfopropyl and 4-sulfobutyl.
 Z、Z、Z、及びZが表すシクロアルキル基には、置換基を有するシクロアルキル基及び無置換のシクロアルキル基が含まれる。シクロアルキル基としては、置換基を除いたときの炭素原子数が5~12のシクロアルキル基が好ましい。置換基の例には、イオン性親水性基が含まれる。シクロアルキル基の例には、シクロヘキシル基が含まれる。 The cycloalkyl group represented by Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 , and Z 4 includes a cycloalkyl group having a substituent and an unsubstituted cycloalkyl group. The cycloalkyl group is preferably a cycloalkyl group having 5 to 12 carbon atoms when a substituent is removed. Examples of the substituent include an ionic hydrophilic group. Examples of the cycloalkyl group include a cyclohexyl group.
 Z、Z、Z、及びZが表すアルケニル基には、置換基を有するアルケニル基及び無置換のアルケニル基が含まれる。アルケニル基としては、置換基を除いたときの炭素原子数が2~12のアルケニル基が好ましい。置換基の例には、イオン性親水性基が含まれる。アルケニル基の例には、ビニル基、アリル基等が含まれる。 The alkenyl group represented by Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 , and Z 4 includes an alkenyl group having a substituent and an unsubstituted alkenyl group. As the alkenyl group, an alkenyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms when a substituent is removed is preferable. Examples of the substituent include an ionic hydrophilic group. Examples of the alkenyl group include a vinyl group and an allyl group.
 Z、Z、Z、及びZが表すアラルキル基としては、置換基を有するアラルキル基及び無置換のアラルキル基が含まれる。アラルキル基としては、置換基を除いたときの炭素原子数が7~12のアラルキル基が好ましい。置換基の例には、イオン性親水性基が含まれる。アラルキル基の例には、ベンジル基、及び2-フェネチル基が含まれる。 The aralkyl group represented by Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 and Z 4 includes an aralkyl group having a substituent and an unsubstituted aralkyl group. As the aralkyl group, an aralkyl group having 7 to 12 carbon atoms when a substituent is removed is preferable. Examples of the substituent include an ionic hydrophilic group. Examples of the aralkyl group include a benzyl group and a 2-phenethyl group.
 Z、Z、Z、及びZが表すアリール基には、置換基を有するアリール基及び無置換のアリール基が含まれる。アリール基としては、置換基を除いたときの炭素原子数が6~12のアリール基が好ましい。アリール基の例には、フェニル、p-トリル、p-メトキシフェニル、o-クロロフェニル及びm-(3-スルホプロピルアミノ)フェニル、m-スルホフェニルが含まれる。置換基の例には、アルキル基(R-)、アルコキシ基(RO―)、アルキルアミノ基(RNH-、RR’N-)、カルバモイル基(―CONHR)、スルファモイル基(―SONHR)、スルホニルアミノ基(―NHSOR)、ハロゲン原子、イオン性親水性基が含まれる(なお上記R、R’はアルキル基、フェニル基を表し、更にこれらはイオン性親水性基を有してもよい)。 The aryl group represented by Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 , and Z 4 includes an aryl group having a substituent and an unsubstituted aryl group. The aryl group is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms when the substituent is removed. Examples of the aryl group include phenyl, p-tolyl, p-methoxyphenyl, o-chlorophenyl and m- (3-sulfopropylamino) phenyl, m-sulfophenyl. Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group (R—), an alkoxy group (RO—), an alkylamino group (RNH—, RR′N—), a carbamoyl group (—CONHR), a sulfamoyl group (—SO 2 NHR), A sulfonylamino group (—NHSO 2 R), a halogen atom, and an ionic hydrophilic group are included (note that R and R ′ represent an alkyl group and a phenyl group, and these may also have an ionic hydrophilic group. Good).
 Z、Z、Z、及びZが表すヘテロ環基は、置換基を有するヘテロ環基及び無置換のヘテロ環基が含まれ、更に他の環と縮合環を形成していてもよい。ヘテロ環基としては、5員又は6員環のヘテロ環基が好ましい。ヘテロ環基は、更に他の環と縮合環を形成していてもよい。へテロ環基の例には、ヘテロ環の置換位置を限定せずに挙げると、それぞれ独立に、イミダゾール、ベンゾイミダゾール、ピラゾール、ベンゾピラゾール、トリアゾール、チアゾール、ベンゾチアゾール、イソチアゾール、ベンゾイソチアゾール、オキサゾール、ベンゾオキサゾール、チアジアゾール、オキサジアゾール、ピロール、ベンゾピロール、インドール、イソオキサゾール、ベンゾイソオキサゾール、チオフェン、ベンゾチオフェン、フラン、ベンゾフラン、ピリジン、キノリン、イソキノリン、ピリダジン、ピリミジン、ピラジン、シンノリン、フタラジン、キナゾリン、キノクサリン、トリアジン等が含まれる。置換基の例には、アルキル基(R-)、アリール基(R-)、アルコキシ基(RO―)、アルキルアミノ基(RNH-、RR’N-)、カルバモイル基(―CONHR)、スルファモイル基(―SONHR)、スルホニルアミノ基(―NHSOR)、スルホニル基(-SOR)、アシルアミノ基(-NHCOR)、ハロゲン原子、イオン性親水性基が含まれる(なお上記R、R’はアルキル基、アリール基を表し、更にこれらはイオン性親水性基、又はイオン性親水性基を有する置換基を有してもよい)。 The heterocyclic group represented by Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 , and Z 4 includes a heterocyclic group having a substituent and an unsubstituted heterocyclic group, and may form a condensed ring with another ring. Good. The heterocyclic group is preferably a 5-membered or 6-membered heterocyclic group. The heterocyclic group may form a condensed ring with another ring. Examples of the heterocyclic group include, but are not limited to, the substitution position of the heterocyclic ring. Oxazole, benzoxazole, thiadiazole, oxadiazole, pyrrole, benzopyrrole, indole, isoxazole, benzoisoxazole, thiophene, benzothiophene, furan, benzofuran, pyridine, quinoline, isoquinoline, pyridazine, pyrimidine, pyrazine, cinnoline, phthalazine, Quinazoline, quinoxaline, triazine and the like are included. Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group (R—), an aryl group (R—), an alkoxy group (RO—), an alkylamino group (RNH—, RR′N—), a carbamoyl group (—CONHR), and a sulfamoyl group. (—SO 2 NHR), a sulfonylamino group (—NHSO 2 R), a sulfonyl group (—SO 2 R), an acylamino group (—NHCOR), a halogen atom, and an ionic hydrophilic group are included (note that R, R above) 'Represents an alkyl group or an aryl group, and these may have an ionic hydrophilic group or a substituent having an ionic hydrophilic group).
 Z、Z、Z、及びZは、置換若しくは無置換のアルキル基、置換若しくは無置換のアリール基、置換若しくは無置換のヘテロ環基が好ましく、置換のアルキル基、置換のアリール基、置換のヘテロ環基がより好ましく、置換のアルキル基であることが更に好ましい。 Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 and Z 4 are preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group, a substituted alkyl group or a substituted aryl group. A substituted heterocyclic group is more preferred, and a substituted alkyl group is still more preferred.
 Z、Z、Z、及びZのうち少なくとも1つは、イオン性親水性基を置換基として有する。置換基としてのイオン性親水性基には、スルホ基、カルボキシル基、及び4級アンモニウム基等が含まれる。上記イオン性親水性基としては、カルボキシル基及びスルホ基が好ましく、特にスルホ基が好ましい。カルボキシル基及びスルホ基は塩の状態であってもよく、塩を形成する対イオンの例には、アルカリ金属イオン(例、ナトリウムイオン、カリウムイオン)及び有機カチオン(例、テトラメチルグアニジウムイオン)が含まれる。 At least one of Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 , and Z 4 has an ionic hydrophilic group as a substituent. Examples of the ionic hydrophilic group as a substituent include a sulfo group, a carboxyl group, and a quaternary ammonium group. As the ionic hydrophilic group, a carboxyl group and a sulfo group are preferable, and a sulfo group is particularly preferable. The carboxyl group and the sulfo group may be in a salt state, and examples of the counter ion forming the salt include alkali metal ions (eg, sodium ion, potassium ion) and organic cations (eg, tetramethylguanidinium ion). ) Is included.
 Z、Z、Z、及びZは、各々独立に下記一般式(3)又は(4)で表される基であることが好ましい。 Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 and Z 4 are preferably each independently a group represented by the following general formula (3) or (4).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
 上記一般式(3)、(4)中、Lは炭素数1~12のアルキレン基を表し、Mは水素原子又はカウンターカチオンを表し、R20は炭素数1~6のアルキル基を表す。*は結合を表す。 In the general formulas (3) and (4), L represents an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, M 3 represents a hydrogen atom or a counter cation, and R 20 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. * Represents a bond.
 上記一般式(3)、(4)中のLは炭素数1~12のアルキレン基を表し、炭素数1~8のアルキレン基を表すことが好ましく、炭素数1~6のアルキレン基を表すことがより好ましく、炭素数1~3のアルキレン基を表すことが更に好ましい。
 上記一般式(3)中のMは水素原子又はカウンターカチオンを表す。Mが水素原子である場合は遊離酸の形態であり、Mがカウンターカチオンの場合は塩の形態である。塩を形成するカウンターカチオンとしては、一価のカウンターカチオンが挙げられ、アルカリ金属イオン、アンモニウムイオン、有機カチオンなどが好ましい。有機カチオンとしては、テトラメチルアンモニウムイオン、テトラメチルグアニジウムイオン、テトラメチルホスホニウム等が挙げられる。カウンターカチオンとしては、アルカリ金属イオンであることが好ましく、リチウムイオン、ナトリウムイオン、カリウムイオンがより好ましい。
 上記一般式(4)中のR20は炭素数1~6のアルキル基を表し、炭素数1~4のアルキル基が好ましく、メチル基がより好ましい。
L in the general formulas (3) and (4) represents an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, preferably represents an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and represents an alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Is more preferable, and an alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms is more preferable.
M 3 in the general formula (3) represents a hydrogen atom or a counter cation. When M 3 is a hydrogen atom, it is in the form of a free acid, and when M 3 is a counter cation, it is in the form of a salt. Examples of counter cations that form salts include monovalent counter cations, and alkali metal ions, ammonium ions, organic cations, and the like are preferable. Examples of the organic cation include tetramethylammonium ion, tetramethylguanidinium ion, and tetramethylphosphonium. The counter cation is preferably an alkali metal ion, more preferably a lithium ion, a sodium ion, or a potassium ion.
R 20 in the general formula (4) represents an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and more preferably a methyl group.
 一般式(1)中、l、m、n及びpは、それぞれ独立に1又は2を表す。すなわち、4≦l+m+n+p≦8を満たす。好ましくは4≦l+m+n+p≦6を満たすことであり、最も好ましくは、それぞれが1(l=m=n=p=1)である場合である。 In the general formula (1), l, m, n and p each independently represent 1 or 2. That is, 4 ≦ l + m + n + p ≦ 8 is satisfied. Preferably, 4 ≦ l + m + n + p ≦ 6 is satisfied, and most preferably, each is 1 (1 = m = n = p = 1).
 一般式(1)中、q、q、q及びqは、それぞれ独立に、1又は2を表す。特にq=q=q=q=2であることが好ましい。 In general formula (1), q 1 , q 2 , q 3 and q 4 each independently represent 1 or 2. In particular, q 1 = q 2 = q 3 = q 4 = 2 is preferable.
 一般式(1)中、Mは、水素原子、金属元素、金属酸化物、金属水酸化物又は金属ハロゲン化物を表す。 In General Formula (1), M 1 represents a hydrogen atom, a metal element, a metal oxide, a metal hydroxide, or a metal halide.
 Mとして好ましいものは、水素原子の他に、金属元素として、Li、Na、K、Mg、Ti、Zr、V、Nb、Ta、Cr、Mo、W、Mn、Fe、Co、Ni、Ru、Rh、Pd、Os、Ir、Pt、Cu、Ag、Au、Zn、Cd、Hg、Al、Ga、In、Si、Ge、Sn、Pb、Sb、Bi等が挙げられる。なかでも特に、Cu、Ni、Zn、Al等が好ましく、Cuが最も好ましい。金属酸化物としては、VO、GeO等が好ましく挙げられる。また、金属水酸化物としては、Si(OH)、Cr(OH)、Sn(OH)等が好ましく挙げられる。更に、金属ハロゲン化物としては、AlCl、SiCl、VCl、VCl、VOCl、FeCl、GaCl、ZrCl等が挙げられる。 What is preferable as M 1 is a metal element other than a hydrogen atom, such as Li, Na, K, Mg, Ti, Zr, V, Nb, Ta, Cr, Mo, W, Mn, Fe, Co, Ni, Ru. Rh, Pd, Os, Ir, Pt, Cu, Ag, Au, Zn, Cd, Hg, Al, Ga, In, Si, Ge, Sn, Pb, Sb, Bi, and the like. Of these, Cu, Ni, Zn, Al and the like are particularly preferable, and Cu is most preferable. Preferred examples of the metal oxide include VO and GeO. Moreover, as a metal hydroxide, Si (OH) 2 , Cr (OH) 2 , Sn (OH) 2, etc. are mentioned preferably. Furthermore, as the metal halide, AlCl, SiCl 2, VCl, VCl 2, VOCl, FeCl, GaCl, ZrCl , and the like.
〔フタロシアニン染料の合成〕
 本発明に用いられるフタロシアニン誘導体は、例えば白井-小林共著、(株)アイピーシー発行「フタロシアニン-化学と機能-」(P.1~62)、C.C.Leznoff-A.B.P.Lever共著、VCH発行‘Phthalocyanines-Properties and Applications’(P.1~54)等に記載、引用若しくはこれらに類似の方法を組み合わせて合成することができる。
 一般式(1)で表される化合物は、日本国特開2005-307189号公報の[0057]~[0074]の記載を参考にして合成することができる。
[Synthesis of phthalocyanine dyes]
Examples of the phthalocyanine derivatives used in the present invention include “Phthalocyanine—Chemistry and Function” (P. 1 to 62) published by K. Shirai and Kobayashi, Inc. C. Leznoff-A. B. P. Lever co-authored, published by VCH, “Phthalogicanes-Properties and Applications” (P. 1 to 54), etc., can be synthesized by combining quoted or similar methods.
The compound represented by the general formula (1) can be synthesized with reference to the description of [0057] to [0074] of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2005-307189.
 本発明の一般式(1)で表されるフタロシアニン染料は、α位置換型(フタロシアニン環の1位及び4位の少なくとも一方、5位及び8位の少なくとも一方、9位及び12位の少なくとも一方、13位及び16位の少なくとも一方にそれぞれ-S(O)q-Z、-S(O)q-Z、-S(O)q-Z、-S(O)q-Zで表される特定の置換基を有するフタロシアニン化合物)にあたる。本発明では、-SO-Z及び-SO-Z(ZはZ~Zと同義である)の少なくとも一方をα位に有することが、良好な堅牢性のために重要である。 The phthalocyanine dye represented by the general formula (1) of the present invention is an α-substituted type (at least one of the 1st and 4th positions of the phthalocyanine ring, at least one of the 5th and 8th positions, and at least one of the 9th and 12th positions). , -S (O) q 1 -Z 1 , -S (O) q 2 -Z 2 , -S (O) q 3 -Z 3 , -S (O) q It hits the phthalocyanine compound) having a specific substituent represented by 4 -Z 4. In the present invention, it is important for good fastness to have at least one of —SO—Z and —SO 2 —Z (Z is synonymous with Z 1 to Z 4 ) in the α-position.
 一般式(1)で表されるフタロシアニン染料の具体例を、下記一般式(IV)を用いて以下に示すが、本発明に用いられるフタロシアニン染料は、下記の例に限定されるものではない。 Specific examples of the phthalocyanine dye represented by the general formula (1) are shown below using the following general formula (IV), but the phthalocyanine dye used in the present invention is not limited to the following examples.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
(一般式(1)で表されるフタロシアニン染料の例示) (Example of phthalocyanine dye represented by formula (1))
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000038
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000038
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000039
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000039
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000040
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000040
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000041
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000041
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000042
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000042
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000043
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000043
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000044
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000044
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000045
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000045
〔着色組成物〕
 本発明の着色組成物は、一般式(Q)で表される化合物(ジスアゾ染料)と一般式(1)で表される化合物(α位置換型フタロシアニン染料)を特定の質量比で含有する。両者を適切な含有量で着色組成物中に含有させることにより、ブロンズ光沢の発生を抑制し、かつ耐光性及び耐オゾン性に優れた画像を得ることができる。
 本発明の着色組成物においては、一般式(Q)で表される化合物の含有量に対する一般式(1)で表される化合物の含有量の比(一般式(1)で表される化合物/一般式(Q)で表される化合物の含有量)が質量基準で0.02~0.25であり、0.05~0.15であることが好ましい。
 一般式(Q)で表される化合物に対する一般式(1)で表される化合物の質量比が0.02以上であると、ブロンズ光沢抑制の効果を得ることができる。一方、一般式(Q)で表される化合物に対する一般式(1)で表される化合物の質量比が0.25以下であれば、会合が解けることがなく、良好なオゾン堅牢性を保持することができる。また、両者を上記範囲で含有させることにより、予想外の効果として、観察光依存性を改良することができた。なお、着色組成物中にβ位置換型フタロシアニン染料を上記範囲で添加した場合であっても、ブロンズ光沢の発生を抑制することはできず、オゾン堅牢性その他の効果を得ることができないため、本発明の着色組成物においては、β位置換型フタロシアニン染料を含有しないことが好ましい。すなわち、着色組成物中に含有されるフタロシアニン染料は一般式(1)で表される化合物(α位置換型フタロシアニン染料)のみであることが好ましい。
 なお、本発明において、フタロシアニン環の1位及び4位の少なくとも一方、5位及び8位の少なくとも一方、9位及び12位の少なくとも一方、13位及び16位の少なくとも一方に置換基を有さず、2位及び3位の少なくとも一方、6位及び7位の少なくとも一方、10位及び11位の少なくとも一方、14位及び15位の少なくとも一方(β位)に上記特定の置換基を有するフタロシアニン化合物をβ位置換型と称する。
(Coloring composition)
The colored composition of the present invention contains a compound represented by the general formula (Q) (disazo dye) and a compound represented by the general formula (1) (α-substituted phthalocyanine dye) at a specific mass ratio. By containing both in a coloring composition with appropriate content, generation | occurrence | production of bronze gloss can be suppressed and the image excellent in light resistance and ozone resistance can be obtained.
In the colored composition of the present invention, the ratio of the content of the compound represented by the general formula (1) to the content of the compound represented by the general formula (Q) (compound represented by the general formula (1) / The content of the compound represented by the general formula (Q) is 0.02 to 0.25, preferably 0.05 to 0.15 on a mass basis.
When the mass ratio of the compound represented by the general formula (1) to the compound represented by the general formula (Q) is 0.02 or more, an effect of suppressing bronze gloss can be obtained. On the other hand, if the mass ratio of the compound represented by the general formula (1) to the compound represented by the general formula (Q) is 0.25 or less, the association is not solved and good ozone fastness is maintained. be able to. Moreover, by including both in the said range, observation light dependence was able to be improved as an unexpected effect. Even when the β-substituted phthalocyanine dye is added in the above range in the colored composition, it is not possible to suppress the occurrence of bronze gloss, and it is not possible to obtain ozone fastness and other effects. The colored composition of the present invention preferably contains no β-substituted phthalocyanine dye. That is, the phthalocyanine dye contained in the coloring composition is preferably only the compound represented by the general formula (1) (α-substituted phthalocyanine dye).
In the present invention, at least one of the 1-position and the 4-position of the phthalocyanine ring, at least one of the 5-position and the 8-position, at least one of the 9-position and the 12-position, and at least one of the 13-position and the 16-position have a substituent. Phthalocyanine having the above-mentioned specific substituent in at least one of 2-position and 3-position, at least one of 6-position and 7-position, at least one of 10-position and 11-position, and at least one of 14-position and 15-position (β-position) The compound is referred to as β-substitution type.
 一般式(Q)で表されるジスアゾ染料の着色組成物中での含有量は、0.2~20質量%が好ましく、0.5~10質量%がより好ましく、1.0~8.0質量%が特に好ましい。
 本発明の着色組成物は、全染料を好ましくは、0.2~20質量%含有し、より好ましくは、0.5~10質量%含有し、特に好ましくは1.0~8.0質量%含有する。
The content of the disazo dye represented by the general formula (Q) in the coloring composition is preferably 0.2 to 20% by mass, more preferably 0.5 to 10% by mass, and 1.0 to 8.0%. Mass% is particularly preferred.
The coloring composition of the present invention preferably contains 0.2 to 20% by mass of the total dye, more preferably 0.5 to 10% by mass, and particularly preferably 1.0 to 8.0% by mass. contains.
 本発明の着色組成物は、媒体を含有させることができるが、媒体として溶媒を用いた場合は特にインクジェット記録用インクとして好適である。本発明の着色組成物は、媒体として、親油性媒体や水性媒体を用いて、それらの中に、一般式(Q)で表される化合物(ジスアゾ染料)と一般式(1)で表される化合物(α型フタロシアニン染料)を溶解及び/又は分散させることによって作製することができる。好ましくは、水性媒体を用いる場合である。 The coloring composition of the present invention can contain a medium, but when a solvent is used as the medium, it is particularly suitable as an ink for ink jet recording. The coloring composition of the present invention is represented by a compound represented by the general formula (Q) (disazo dye) and a general formula (1) using a lipophilic medium or an aqueous medium as a medium. It can be prepared by dissolving and / or dispersing a compound (α-type phthalocyanine dye). Preferably, an aqueous medium is used.
 本発明の着色組成物は、必要に応じてその他の添加剤を、本発明の効果を害しない範囲内において含有しうる。その他の添加剤としては、後述のインクジェット記録用インクに使用しうる添加剤が挙げられる。 The coloring composition of the present invention may contain other additives as necessary within a range that does not impair the effects of the present invention. Examples of other additives include additives that can be used in ink jet recording inks described later.
[インクジェット記録用インク]
 次に本発明のインクジェット記録用インクについて説明する。
 本発明の着色組成物はインクジェット記録用インクとして好適に用いることができる。
 インクジェット記録用インクは、親油性媒体や水性媒体中に一般式(Q)で表される化合物(ジスアゾ染料)と一般式(1)で表される化合物(α型フタロシアニン染料)を溶解及び/又は分散させることによって作製することができる。インクジェット記録用インクは、好ましくは水性媒体を用いたインクである。
 インクジェット記録用インクは必要に応じてその他の添加剤を、本発明の効果を害しない範囲内において含有することができる。その他の添加剤としては、例えば、乾燥防止剤(湿潤剤)、褪色防止剤、乳化安定剤、浸透促進剤、紫外線吸収剤、防腐剤、防黴剤、pH調整剤、表面張力調整剤、消泡剤、粘度調整剤、分散剤、分散安定剤、防錆剤、キレート剤等の公知の添加剤が挙げられる。これらの各種添加剤は、水溶性インクの場合にはインク液に直接添加する。油溶性染料を分散物の形で用いる場合には、染料分散物の調製後分散物に添加するのが一般的であるが、調製時に油相又は水相に添加してもよい。
[Ink for inkjet recording]
Next, the ink for inkjet recording of the present invention will be described.
The colored composition of the present invention can be suitably used as an ink for inkjet recording.
The ink for ink jet recording dissolves and / or dissolves the compound represented by the general formula (Q) (disazo dye) and the compound represented by the general formula (1) (α-type phthalocyanine dye) in an oleophilic medium or an aqueous medium. It can be produced by dispersing. The ink for inkjet recording is preferably an ink using an aqueous medium.
The ink for ink jet recording can contain other additives as required within a range that does not impair the effects of the present invention. Other additives include, for example, anti-drying agents (wetting agents), anti-fading agents, emulsion stabilizers, penetration enhancers, ultraviolet absorbers, preservatives, anti-fungal agents, pH adjusters, surface tension adjusters, Well-known additives, such as a foaming agent, a viscosity modifier, a dispersing agent, a dispersion stabilizer, a rust preventive agent, a chelating agent, are mentioned. These various additives are directly added to the ink liquid in the case of water-soluble ink. When an oil-soluble dye is used in the form of a dispersion, it is generally added to the dispersion after the preparation of the dye dispersion, but it may be added to the oil phase or the aqueous phase at the time of preparation.
 本発明のインクジェット記録用インクは、粘度が30mPa・s以下であるのが好ましい。また、その表面張力は25mN/m以上70mN/m以下であるのが好ましい。粘度及び表面張力は、種々の添加剤、例えば、粘度調整剤、表面張力調整剤、比抵抗調整剤、皮膜調整剤、紫外線吸収剤、酸化防止剤、褪色防止剤、防黴剤、防錆剤、分散剤及び界面活性剤を添加することによって、調整できる。 The ink for ink jet recording of the present invention preferably has a viscosity of 30 mPa · s or less. The surface tension is preferably 25 mN / m or more and 70 mN / m or less. Viscosity and surface tension are various additives such as viscosity modifiers, surface tension modifiers, specific resistance modifiers, film modifiers, UV absorbers, antioxidants, antifading agents, antifungal agents, and rust inhibitors. It can be adjusted by adding a dispersant and a surfactant.
 本発明のインクジェット記録用インクは、様々な色調のインクジェット記録用インクに用いることができるが、ブラック色調のインクジェット記録用インクに用いることが好ましい。 The ink for ink jet recording of the present invention can be used for ink for ink jet recording of various colors, but is preferably used for ink for ink jet recording of black color.
 本発明のインク組成物は、印捺、複写、マーキング、筆記、製図、スタンピングなどの記録方法に使用でき、特にインクジェット記録方法における使用に適する。 The ink composition of the present invention can be used for recording methods such as printing, copying, marking, writing, drawing, stamping and the like, and is particularly suitable for use in an ink jet recording method.
[インクジェット記録方法]
 本発明は、本発明の着色組成物又はインクジェット記録用インクを用いて、画像形成するインクジェット記録方法にも関する。
[Inkjet recording method]
The present invention also relates to an inkjet recording method for forming an image using the colored composition or the inkjet recording ink of the present invention.
[インクジェットプリンタカートリッジ、及びインクジェット記録物]
 本発明のインクジェット記録用インクカートリッジは、上記した本発明のインクジェット記録用インクを充填したものである。また、本発明のインクジェット記録物は、上記した本発明のインクジェット記録用インクを用いて、被記録材に着色画像を形成したものである。
[Inkjet printer cartridge and inkjet recording]
The ink cartridge for ink jet recording of the present invention is filled with the ink for ink jet recording of the present invention described above. Further, the ink-jet recorded matter of the present invention is obtained by forming a colored image on a recording material using the above-described ink for ink-jet recording of the present invention.
 以下に、本発明のインクを用いてインクジェットプリントをするのに用いられる記録紙及び記録フィルムについて説明する。
 記録紙及び記録フィルムにおける支持体は、LBKP、NBKP等の化学パルプ、GP、PGW、RMP、TMP、CTMP、CMP、CGP等の機械パルプ、DIP等の古紙パルプ等からなり、必要に応じて従来公知の顔料、バインダー、サイズ剤、定着剤、カチオン剤、紙力増強剤等の添加剤を混合し、長網抄紙機、円網抄紙機等の各種装置で製造されたもの等が使用可能である。これらの支持体の他に合成紙、プラスチックフィルムシートのいずれであってもよく、支持体の厚みは10~250μm、坪量は10~250g/mが望ましい。
Hereinafter, a recording paper and a recording film used for ink jet printing using the ink of the present invention will be described.
The support in recording paper and recording film is made of chemical pulp such as LBKP and NBKP, mechanical pulp such as GP, PGW, RMP, TMP, CTMP, CMPMP, CGP, and waste paper pulp such as DIP. Additives such as known pigments, binders, sizing agents, fixing agents, cationic agents, paper strength enhancers, etc. can be mixed and manufactured using various devices such as long net paper machines and circular net paper machines. is there. In addition to these supports, either synthetic paper or plastic film sheets may be used. The thickness of the support is preferably 10 to 250 μm and the basis weight is preferably 10 to 250 g / m 2 .
 インクジェット記録紙及び記録フィルムの構成層(バックコート層を含む)には、ポリマーラテックスを添加してもよい。ポリマーラテックスは、寸度安定化、カール防止、接着防止、膜のひび割れ防止のような膜物性改良の目的で使用される。ポリマーラテックスについては、特開昭62-245258号、同62-136648号、同62-110066号の各公報に記載がある。ガラス転移温度が低い(40℃以下の)ポリマーラテックスを媒染剤を含む層に添加すると、層のひび割れやカールを防止することができる。また、ガラス転移温度が高いポリマーラテックスをバックコート層に添加しても、カールを防止することができる。 Polymer latex may be added to the constituent layers (including the backcoat layer) of the inkjet recording paper and recording film. The polymer latex is used for the purpose of improving film physical properties such as dimensional stabilization, curling prevention, adhesion prevention, and film cracking prevention. The polymer latex is described in JP-A Nos. 62-245258, 62-136648, and 62-110066. When a polymer latex having a low glass transition temperature (40 ° C. or lower) is added to a layer containing a mordant, cracking and curling of the layer can be prevented. Also, curling can be prevented by adding a polymer latex having a high glass transition temperature to the backcoat layer.
 本発明のインクは、インクジェットの記録方式に制限はなく、公知の方式、例えば静電誘引力を利用してインクを吐出させる電荷制御方式、ピエゾ素子の振動圧力を利用するドロップオンデマンド方式(圧力パルス方式)、電気信号を音響ビームに変えインクに照射して、放射圧を利用してインクを吐出させる音響インクジェット方式、及びインクを加熱して気泡を形成し、生じた圧力を利用するサーマルインクジェット方式等に用いられる。インクジェット記録方式には、フォトインクと称する濃度の低いインクを小さい体積で多数射出する方式、実質的に同じ色相で濃度の異なる複数のインクを用いて画質を改良する方式や無色透明のインクを用いる方式が含まれる。 The ink of the present invention is not limited to an ink jet recording system, and is a known system, for example, a charge control system that discharges ink using electrostatic attraction, a drop-on-demand system (pressure) that uses the vibration pressure of a piezo element. Pulse method), acoustic ink jet method that converts electrical signal into acoustic beam and irradiates ink and uses ink to discharge ink, and thermal ink jet that heats ink to form bubbles and uses generated pressure Used for systems. Inkjet recording methods use a method of ejecting a large number of low-density inks called photo inks in a small volume, a method of improving image quality using a plurality of inks having substantially the same hue and different concentrations, and colorless and transparent inks. The method is included.
 以下に実施例を挙げて本発明を更に具体的に説明するが、本発明はこれらの実施例に何ら限定されるものではない。以下の実施例に示す材料、試薬、割合、機器、操作等は本発明の精神から逸脱しない限り適宜変更することができる。従って、本発明の範囲は以下に示す具体例に限定されるものではない。 Hereinafter, the present invention will be described more specifically with reference to examples. However, the present invention is not limited to these examples. The materials, reagents, ratios, equipment, operations, and the like shown in the following examples can be appropriately changed without departing from the spirit of the present invention. Therefore, the scope of the present invention is not limited to the specific examples shown below.
<一般式(Q)で表される化合物の合成>
 化合物(Q1)~(Q17)を、特開2003-306623号公報、特開2005-139427号公報及び特開2012-177073号公報等に記載の方法で、ジアゾ成分とカプラーとのカップリング反応によって合成した。
<Synthesis of Compound Represented by General Formula (Q)>
Compounds (Q1) to (Q17) are prepared by a coupling reaction between a diazo component and a coupler by the method described in JP-A No. 2003-306623, JP-A No. 2005-139427 and JP-A No. 2012-177073. Synthesized.
<一般式(1)で表される化合物の合成>
 白井-小林共著、(株)アイピーシー発行「フタロシアニン-化学と機能-」(P.1~62)、C.C.Leznoff-A.B.P.Lever共著、VCH発行‘Phthalocyanines-Properties and Applications’(P.1~54)、日本国特開2005-307189号公報の[0057]~[0074]等の記載を参考にして、以下に示すフタロシアニン染料(1A)、(1B)、(2A)~(2D)、DB-86を合成した。下記構造式においてMeはメチル基を表す。
<Synthesis of Compound Represented by General Formula (1)>
Shirai-Kobayashi, published by IPC Co., Ltd. “Phthalocyanine: Chemistry and Function” (P.1-62), C.I. C. Leznoff-A. B. P. In collaboration with Lever, published by VCH, “Phthalocyanines-Properties and Applications” (P. 1 to 54), Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2005-307189, [0057] to [0074] and the like, the following phthalocyanine dyes (1A), (1B), (2A) to (2D), and DB-86 were synthesized. In the following structural formula, Me represents a methyl group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
[インクジェット記録用インクの調製]
[実施例1]
 下記に示す組成のインクジェット記録用インク(試料No.1)を調製した。
[Preparation of ink for inkjet recording]
[Example 1]
An ink for ink jet recording (sample No. 1) having the composition shown below was prepared.
インクジェット記録用インク(試料No.1)の組成
 ・ジスアゾ染料(Q1):3.5質量%
 ・フタロシアニン染料1B:ジスアゾ染料に対する質量比0.11
 ・ジエチレングリコール: 2.0質量%
 ・グリセリン:12.0質量%
 ・ジエチレングリコールモノブチルエーテル:23.0質量%
 ・2-ピロリドン:8.0質量%
 ・トリエタノールアミン:1.8質量%
 ・ベンゾトリアゾール:0.006質量%
 ・サーフィノールTG:0.9質量%
 ・PROXEL XL2:0.2質量%
 ・水:残量
Composition of ink for inkjet recording (sample No. 1) Disazo dye (Q1): 3.5% by mass
-Phthalocyanine dye 1B: mass ratio to disazo dye 0.11
・ Diethylene glycol: 2.0% by mass
・ Glycerin: 12.0% by mass
Diethylene glycol monobutyl ether: 23.0% by mass
・ 2-Pyrrolidone: 8.0% by mass
・ Triethanolamine: 1.8% by mass
Benzotriazole: 0.006% by mass
・ Surfinol TG: 0.9% by mass
・ PROXEL XL2: 0.2% by mass
・ Water: Remaining amount
 染料の種類及び添加量を、下記表9及び10に示すように変更した以外は、試料No.1の調製と同様にして、インク組成物(試料No.2~63)を調製した。 Except for changing the type and amount of dye as shown in Tables 9 and 10 below, Sample No. Ink compositions (Sample Nos. 2 to 63) were prepared in the same manner as in Preparation 1.
 次に、以下に示す方法によって印画物を作成し、得られた印画物について、画像品質(ブロンズ光沢)の評価を行った。 Next, a printed material was prepared by the method described below, and the obtained printed material was evaluated for image quality (bronze gloss).
〔ブロンズ光沢評価〕
 インクジェットプリンタ Stylus Color 880(商標)(商品名、セイコーエプソン株式会社製)を使用し、インクジェット記録用インク(試料No.1~63)をインクカートリッジに充填し、インクジェット専用記録媒体(写真用紙<光沢>)に、1平方センチ当たり0.23~0.34mgの打ち込み量になるようにベタ印字を行い、得られた印刷物を、光沢度計(PG-1M、日本電色工業株式会社製)を用いて測定し(測定角度60度)、光沢度を求めた。印字は、20℃、相対湿度40%で行った。得られた光沢度と以下の式に基づいて計算した上昇値をブロンズ現象発生の程度を判定する基準とし、以下の判定基準に基づいて判定を行った。
 上昇値=光沢度(印刷物)-光沢度(記録媒体)
[判定基準]
評価A:15未満
評価B:15以上35未満
評価C:35以上
 得られた結果を、表9及び10に「ブロンズ光沢」として示した。
[Bronze gloss evaluation]
Inkjet printer Stylus Color 880 (trade name) (trade name, manufactured by Seiko Epson Corporation) was used, ink jet recording ink (Sample Nos. 1 to 63) was filled in the ink cartridge, and an ink jet recording medium (photographic paper <glossy) >), Solid printing was performed so that the applied amount was 0.23 to 0.34 mg per square centimeter, and the resulting printed matter was measured with a gloss meter (PG-1M, manufactured by Nippon Denshoku Industries Co., Ltd.). Was used (measurement angle 60 degrees), and the glossiness was determined. Printing was performed at 20 ° C. and a relative humidity of 40%. Using the obtained glossiness and the increased value calculated based on the following formula as a criterion for determining the degree of occurrence of bronze phenomenon, the determination was made based on the following criterion.
Increase value = Glossiness (printed material)-Glossiness (recording medium)
[Criteria]
Evaluation A: Less than 15 Evaluation B: 15 or more and less than 35 Evaluation C: 35 or more The obtained results are shown in Tables 9 and 10 as “bronze gloss”.
〔耐光性評価〕
 ウェザーメーター(アトラス社製)を使用し、画像(ブロンズ光沢評価でのプリンタと用紙を用いて作成した階段状に濃度が変化した単色画像パターン。反射濃度計で測定した反射画像濃度が0.7~1.8である画像を含んでいる)にキセノン光(10万ルックス)を14日照射した。照射開始から一定期間経過ごとに、反射濃度計(X-Rite310TR、エックスライト社製)を使用して各印刷物に記録されている各色のOD値を測定した。なお、上記反射濃度は、0.7、1.0及び1.8の3点で測定した。
 得られた結果から次式:ROD(%)=(D/D)×100を用いて、光学濃度残存率(ROD)を求めた。(式中、Dは曝露試験後のOD値、Dは曝露試験前のOD値を表す。)
 更に、上記試験の結果に基づき、下記の判定基準を用いて、記録物に記録された各色の耐光性をA~Cにランク付けた。
[判定基準]
評価A:試験開始から14日後のRODが、何れの濃度でも85%以上である。
評価B:試験開始から14日後のRODが、何れか1点の濃度が85%未満になる。
評価C:試験開始から14日後のRODが、何れか2点又は3点の濃度が85%未満になる。
 本試験においては、光に長時間曝露してもRODの低下が少ない記録物が優れる。得られた結果を表9及び10に示した。
(Light resistance evaluation)
Using a weather meter (manufactured by Atlas Co., Ltd.), an image (a monochromatic image pattern with density changed stepwise created using a printer and paper for bronze gloss evaluation. Reflected image density measured by a reflection densitometer is 0.7. Xenon light (100,000 lux) was irradiated for 14 days. The OD value of each color recorded on each printed matter was measured using a reflection densitometer (X-Rite 310TR, manufactured by X-Rite Co., Ltd.) after a certain period of time from the start of irradiation. The reflection density was measured at three points of 0.7, 1.0, and 1.8.
From the obtained results, the residual optical density (ROD) was determined using the following formula: ROD (%) = (D / D 0 ) × 100. (In the formula, D represents the OD value after the exposure test, and D 0 represents the OD value before the exposure test.)
Further, based on the results of the above test, the light resistance of each color recorded on the recorded matter was ranked A to C using the following criteria.
[Criteria]
Evaluation A: ROD 14 days after the start of the test is 85% or more at any concentration.
Evaluation B: ROD 14 days after the start of the test is such that the concentration at any one point is less than 85%.
Evaluation C: The ROD after 14 days from the start of the test has a concentration of any two or three points of less than 85%.
In this test, a recorded matter with little decrease in ROD even when exposed to light for a long time is excellent. The obtained results are shown in Tables 9 and 10.
〔耐オゾン性評価〕
 オゾンガス濃度が5ppm(25℃、相対湿度60%)に設定された条件下で、記録物(耐光性評価と同じ条件で作成した印刷物)を14日間、オゾンガスに曝露した。オゾンガス濃度は、APPLICS製オゾンガスモニター(モデル:OZG-EM-01)を用いて設定した。曝露開始から一定期間経過ごとに、反射濃度計(X-Rite310TR、エックスライト社製)を使用して各印刷物に記録されている各色のOD値を測定した。なお、上記反射濃度は、0.7、1.0及び1.8の3点で測定した。
 得られた結果から次式:ROD(%)=(D/D)×100を用いて光学濃度残存率(ROD)を求めた。(式中、Dは曝露試験後のOD値、Dは曝露試験前のOD値を表す。)
[Ozone resistance evaluation]
Under the condition that the ozone gas concentration was set to 5 ppm (25 ° C., relative humidity 60%), the recorded material (printed material prepared under the same conditions as the light resistance evaluation) was exposed to ozone gas for 14 days. The ozone gas concentration was set using an ozone gas monitor (model: OZG-EM-01) manufactured by APPLICS. The OD value of each color recorded on each printed matter was measured using a reflection densitometer (X-Rite 310TR, manufactured by X-Rite Co., Ltd.) after a certain period from the start of exposure. The reflection density was measured at three points of 0.7, 1.0, and 1.8.
From the obtained results, the optical density residual ratio (ROD) was determined using the following formula: ROD (%) = (D / D 0 ) × 100. (In the formula, D represents the OD value after the exposure test, and D 0 represents the OD value before the exposure test.)
 更に、上記試験の結果に基づき、下記の判定基準を用いて、記録物に記録された各色の耐オゾン性をA~Cにランク付けた。
[判定基準]
評価A:試験開始から7日後のRODが、何れの濃度でも85%以上である。
評価B:試験開始から7日後のRODが、何れか1点の濃度が85%未満になる。
評価C:試験開始から7日後のRODが、何れか2点又は3点の濃度が85%未満になる。
Further, based on the results of the above test, the ozone resistance of each color recorded on the recorded matter was ranked A to C using the following criteria.
[Criteria]
Evaluation A: ROD after 7 days from the start of the test is 85% or more at any concentration.
Evaluation B: The ROD after 7 days from the start of the test is such that the concentration at any one point is less than 85%.
Evaluation C: The ROD after 7 days from the start of the test is such that the concentration at any two or three points is less than 85%.
 本試験においては、オゾンに長時間曝露してもRODの低下が少ない記録物が優れる。得られた結果を「耐オゾン性」として表9及び10に示した。 In this test, the recorded material with little decrease in ROD is excellent even when exposed to ozone for a long time. The obtained results are shown in Tables 9 and 10 as “ozone resistance”.
 更に、以下に示す方法によって印画物を作成し、得られた印画物について、観察光源依存性の評価を行った。 Furthermore, a printed material was prepared by the method shown below, and the obtained printed material was evaluated for observation light source dependency.
〔観察光源依存性評価〕
 インクジェットプリンタ Stylus Color 880(商標)(商品名、セイコーエプソン株式会社製)を使用し、インクジェット記録用インク(試料No.1~63)をそれぞれ用いて、インクジェット専用記録媒体(写真用紙クリスピア<高光沢>(商品名、セイコーエプソン株式会社製))に、1平方センチ当たり0.23~0.34mgの打ち込み量になるようにブラックのベタ印字を行い、印画物を得た。得られた印刷物の反射スペクトルを分光吸収測定器(島津製作所製、UV-2400)で測定した。反射スペクトルR(λ)は、380nm~780nmを5nm刻みで測定したものを用いた。
 観察光源は、以下の15光源を用いた。
 D50、A、D65、F1、F2、F3、F4、F5、F6、F7、F8、F9、F10、F11、F12
 これらの光源スペクトルP(λ)は、「Technical Report Colorimetry 3rd Edition (CIE 15:2004)」のTable T.1.及びTable T6.1.記載のスペクトルを発光スペクトル用いた。
 X,Y,Z表色形における等色関数(CIE 1986)の
[Evaluation of observation light source dependency]
Inkjet printer Stylus Color 880 (trademark) (trade name, manufactured by Seiko Epson Corporation) and inkjet recording ink (Sample Nos. 1 to 63) are used, respectively, and an inkjet recording medium (photographic paper crispier <high gloss > (Trade name, manufactured by Seiko Epson Corporation)) was printed with black solids so that a shot amount of 0.23 to 0.34 mg per square centimeter was obtained. The reflection spectrum of the obtained printed matter was measured with a spectral absorption measuring instrument (Shimadzu Corporation, UV-2400). The reflection spectrum R (λ) was measured from 380 nm to 780 nm in increments of 5 nm.
The following 15 light sources were used as observation light sources.
D50, A, D65, F1, F2, F3, F4, F5, F6, F7, F8, F9, F10, F11, F12
These light source spectra P (λ) are obtained from Table T. of “Technical Report Colorimetry 3rd Edition (CIE 15: 2004)”. 1. And Table T6.1. The described spectrum was used as the emission spectrum.
Color matching function (CIE 1986) of X, Y, Z color specification
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-M000049
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-M000049
は、「Technical Report Colorimetry 3rd Edition (CIE 15:2004)」のTable T.5.記載のものを用いた。
 以下の式に従い、印画物の3刺激値X,Y,Zを算出した。
Table T. of “Technical Report Colorimetry 3rd Edition (CIE 15: 2004)”. 5. The described one was used.
The tristimulus values X, Y, and Z of the printed material were calculated according to the following formula.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-M000050
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-M000050
 光源のホワイトポイントにおける3刺激値Xn,Yn,Znを以下で定義した。 The tristimulus values Xn, Yn, Zn at the white point of the light source are defined below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-M000051
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-M000051
 以下の式に従い、それぞれの色素の反射スペクトルと光源に対するCIE LAB空間における測色値L*,a*,b*を算出した。 According to the following formula, the reflection spectrum of each pigment and the colorimetric values L *, a * and b * in the CIE LAB space for the light source were calculated.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-M000052
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-M000052
 ただし、上記式で用いている関数fは以下で定義される。 However, the function f used in the above formula is defined as follows.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-M000053
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-M000053
 色相1(L1*,a1*,b1*)と色相2(L2*,a2*,b2*)間の色差ΔEを以下のように定義し、標準光源D50に対するそれぞれの光源との間の色差を計算し、それら色差の最大値をΔEmaxとした。
ΔE=((L1*-L2*)+(a1*-a2*)+(b1*-b2*)1/2
The color difference ΔE between hue 1 (L1 *, a1 *, b1 *) and hue 2 (L2 *, a2 *, b2 *) is defined as follows, and the color difference between each light source with respect to the standard light source D50 is defined as The maximum value of these color differences was calculated as ΔEmax.
ΔE = ((L1 * -L2 * ) 2 + (a1 * -a2 *) 2 + (b1 * -b2 *) 2) 1/2
(判定基準)
 A:ΔEmax<5
 B:5≦ΔEmax<10
 C:10≦ΔEmax
(Criteria)
A: ΔEmax <5
B: 5 ≦ ΔEmax <10
C: 10 ≦ ΔEmax
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000054
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000054
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000055
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000055
 
 本発明の実施例である試料No.1~6、9~11、14、16~22、40、41、43~47、49~51は、ブロンズ光沢の発生が抑制され、かつ耐光性及び耐オゾン性に優れ、更に観察光源依存性も低く優れていた。
 試料No.7、8、12、13、15、23、24、25、28、37、42、48、52~54及び60は、α型のフタロシアニン染料が含まれていないか、ジスアゾ染料に対して質量比で0.02より少ない含有量で含有されているので、ブロンズの発生を抑制する効果を得ることができなかった。また、試料No.26、27、29~36、38、39、55~59、及び61~63は、フタロシアニン染料がジスアゾ染料に対して質量比で0.25を超えて添加されているので、耐光性及び耐オゾン性の評価結果が不良となった。
 「評価不可」と記載されている試料については、ブロンズ光沢が発生したことにより正しい測色値を得ることができないため「評価不可」とした。
Sample No. which is an example of the present invention. 1 to 6, 9 to 11, 14, 16 to 22, 40, 41, 43 to 47, 49 to 51 are suppressed in the occurrence of bronze gloss, have excellent light resistance and ozone resistance, and further depend on the observation light source. It was low and excellent.
Sample No. Nos. 7, 8, 12, 13, 15, 23, 24, 25, 28, 37, 42, 48, 52 to 54 and 60 contain no α-type phthalocyanine dye or are in a mass ratio to the disazo dye. Therefore, the effect of suppressing the generation of bronze could not be obtained. Sample No. Nos. 26, 27, 29 to 36, 38, 39, 55 to 59, and 61 to 63 have a phthalocyanine dye added to the disazo dye in a mass ratio exceeding 0.25. The evaluation result of the property was poor.
About the sample described as "impossible evaluation", since the correct colorimetric value was not able to be obtained because bronze gloss occurred, it was set as "not evaluation".
 本発明によれば、ブロンズ光沢の発生を抑制でき、かつ耐光性及び耐オゾン性に優れる着色組成物を提供することができる。また、この着色組成物を含むインクジェット記録用インク、このインクジェット記録用インクを用いたインクジェット記録方法、インクカートリッジ、及びインクジェット記録物を提供することができる。 According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a coloring composition that can suppress the occurrence of bronze gloss and is excellent in light resistance and ozone resistance. In addition, an inkjet recording ink containing the coloring composition, an inkjet recording method using the inkjet recording ink, an ink cartridge, and an inkjet recorded product can be provided.
 本発明を詳細にまた特定の実施態様を参照して説明したが、本発明の精神と範囲を逸脱することなく様々な変更や修正を加えることができることは当業者にとって明らかである。
 本出願は、2014年3月28日出願の日本特許出願(特願2014-070536)に基づくものであり、その内容はここに参照として取り込まれる。
Although the present invention has been described in detail and with reference to specific embodiments, it will be apparent to those skilled in the art that various changes and modifications can be made without departing from the spirit and scope of the invention.
This application is based on a Japanese patent application filed on March 28, 2014 (Japanese Patent Application No. 2014-070536), the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.

Claims (11)

  1.  下記一般式(Q)で表される化合物と、下記一般式(1)で表される化合物とを含有し、一般式(Q)で表される化合物の含有量に対する一般式(1)で表される化合物の含有量の比が質量基準で0.02~0.25である着色組成物。
     一般式(Q)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
     一般式(Q)中、Aはアリール基又はヘテロ環基を表す。Gは窒素原子又は-CZ=を表す。Gが-CZ=を表す場合、Zはハメットの置換基定数σp値が0.20以上の電子求引性基を表す。R101、R102及びR107は各々独立に水素原子、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、アリール基、ヘテロ環基、シアノ基、カルボキシル基、カルバモイル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アリールオキシカルボニル基、ヘテロ環オキシカルボニル基、アシル基、ヒドロキシ基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、ヘテロ環オキシ基、シリルオキシ基、アシルオキシ基、カルバモイルオキシ基、アルコキシカルボニルオキシ基、アリールオキシカルボニルオキシ基、アミノ基、アシルアミノ基、ウレイド基、スルファモイルアミノ基、アルコキシカルボニルアミノ基、アリールオキシカルボニルアミノ基、アルキルスルホニルアミノ基、アリールスルホニルアミノ基、ヘテロ環スルホニルアミノ基、ニトロ基、アルキルチオ基、アリールチオ基、ヘテロ環チオ基、アルキルスルホニル基、アリールスルホニル基、ヘテロ環スルホニル基、アルキルスルフィニル基、アリールスルフィニル基、ヘテロ環スルフィニル基、スルファモイル基、又はスルホ基を表す。R103~R106は各々独立に水素原子、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、アリール基、ヘテロ環基、アシル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アリールオキシカルボニル基、カルバモイル基、アルキルスルホニル基、アリールスルホニル基、又はスルファモイル基を表す。
     ただし、R103とR104とが共に水素原子であることはない。また、A、R101~R107はいずれも置換基を有してもよい。
     ただし、一般式(Q)で表される化合物は分子中に少なくとも1つのイオン性親水性基を有する。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002

     
     一般式(1)中、
     R、R、R、R、R10、R11、R14及びR15は各々独立に水素原子、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルケニル基、アラルキル基、アリール基、ヘテロ環基、シアノ基、ヒドロキシル基、ニトロ基、アミノ基、アルキルアミノ基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、アミド基、アリールアミノ基、ウレイド基、スルファモイルアミノ基、アルキルチオ基、アリールチオ基、アルコキシカルボニルアミノ基、スルホンアミド基、カルバモイル基、スルファモイル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、ヘテロ環オキシ基、アゾ基、アシルオキシ基、カルバモイルオキシ基、シリルオキシ基、アリールオキシカルボニル基、アリールオキシカルボニルアミノ基、イミド基、ヘテロ環チオ基、ホスホリル基、アシル基又はイオン性親水性基を表す。これらの基は、更に置換基を有していてもよい。
     Z、Z、Z、及びZは各々独立に置換若しくは無置換のアルキル基、置換若しくは無置換のシクロアルキル基、置換若しくは無置換のアルケニル基、置換若しくは無置換のアラルキル基、置換若しくは無置換のアリール基、又は置換若しくは無置換のヘテロ環基を表す。但し、Z、Z、Z、及びZのうち少なくとも1つは、イオン性親水性基を置換基として有する。
     l、m、n、p、q、q、q及びqは各々独立に1又は2を表す。
     Mは水素原子、金属元素、金属酸化物、金属水酸化物又は金属ハロゲン化物を表す。
    It contains a compound represented by the following general formula (Q) and a compound represented by the following general formula (1), and is represented by the general formula (1) with respect to the content of the compound represented by the general formula (Q). A coloring composition having a content ratio of 0.02 to 0.25 on a mass basis.
    General formula (Q)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
    In general formula (Q), A represents an aryl group or a heterocyclic group. G represents a nitrogen atom or —CZ═. When G represents —CZ═, Z represents an electron withdrawing group having a Hammett's substituent constant σp value of 0.20 or more. R 101 , R 102 and R 107 are each independently a hydrogen atom, halogen atom, alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, aryl group, heterocyclic group, cyano group, carboxyl group, carbamoyl group, alkoxycarbonyl group, aryloxycarbonyl Group, heterocyclic oxycarbonyl group, acyl group, hydroxy group, alkoxy group, aryloxy group, heterocyclic oxy group, silyloxy group, acyloxy group, carbamoyloxy group, alkoxycarbonyloxy group, aryloxycarbonyloxy group, amino group, Acylamino group, ureido group, sulfamoylamino group, alkoxycarbonylamino group, aryloxycarbonylamino group, alkylsulfonylamino group, arylsulfonylamino group, heterocyclic sulfonylamino group, nitro group, An alkylthio group, an arylthio group, a heterocyclic thio group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group, a heterocyclic sulfonyl group, an alkylsulfinyl group, an arylsulfinyl group, a heterocyclic sulfinyl group, a sulfamoyl group, or a sulfo group is represented. R 103 to R 106 are each independently a hydrogen atom, alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, aryl group, heterocyclic group, acyl group, alkoxycarbonyl group, aryloxycarbonyl group, carbamoyl group, alkylsulfonyl group, arylsulfonyl group Or a sulfamoyl group.
    However, R 103 and R 104 are not both hydrogen atoms. In addition, any of A and R 101 to R 107 may have a substituent.
    However, the compound represented by the general formula (Q) has at least one ionic hydrophilic group in the molecule.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002


    In general formula (1),
    R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , R 14 and R 15 are each independently a hydrogen atom, halogen atom, alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, alkenyl group, aralkyl group, aryl group, hetero group Ring group, cyano group, hydroxyl group, nitro group, amino group, alkylamino group, alkoxy group, aryloxy group, amide group, arylamino group, ureido group, sulfamoylamino group, alkylthio group, arylthio group, alkoxycarbonyl Amino group, sulfonamide group, carbamoyl group, sulfamoyl group, alkoxycarbonyl group, heterocyclic oxy group, azo group, acyloxy group, carbamoyloxy group, silyloxy group, aryloxycarbonyl group, aryloxycarbonylamino group, imido group, hetero Ring thio group, phosphoryl group, a It represents a group or an ionic hydrophilic group. These groups may further have a substituent.
    Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 and Z 4 are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group, a substituted Alternatively, it represents an unsubstituted aryl group or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group. However, at least one of Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 , and Z 4 has an ionic hydrophilic group as a substituent.
    l, m, n, p, q 1 , q 2 , q 3 and q 4 each independently represent 1 or 2;
    M 1 represents a hydrogen atom, a metal element, a metal oxide, a metal hydroxide, or a metal halide.
  2.  前記一般式(Q)で表される化合物が、下記一般式(3-1)又は下記一般式(3-2)で表される化合物である請求項1に記載の着色組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
     一般式(3-1)中、R111、R112、R113及びR114は各々独立に水素原子又は置換基を表す。X、X、X、X及びXは各々独立に水素原子又は置換基を表す。Mは水素原子又はカウンターカチオンを表す。Gは窒素原子又は-CZ=を表す。Gが-CZ=を表す場合、Zはハメットの置換基定数σp値が0.20以上の電子求引性基を表す。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
     一般式(3-2)中、R203は置換基を表す。X、X、X、X及びXは各々独立に水素原子又は置換基を表す。Mは水素原子又はカウンターカチオンを表す。Gは窒素原子又は-CZ=を表す。Gが-CZ=を表す場合、Zはハメットの置換基定数σp値が0.20以上の電子求引性基を表す。
    The colored composition according to claim 1, wherein the compound represented by the general formula (Q) is a compound represented by the following general formula (3-1) or the following general formula (3-2).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
    In general formula (3-1), R 111 , R 112 , R 113 and R 114 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent. X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 and X 5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent. M represents a hydrogen atom or a counter cation. G represents a nitrogen atom or —CZ═. When G represents —CZ═, Z represents an electron withdrawing group having a Hammett's substituent constant σp value of 0.20 or more.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
    In general formula (3-2), R 203 represents a substituent. X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 and X 5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent. M represents a hydrogen atom or a counter cation. G represents a nitrogen atom or —CZ═. When G represents —CZ═, Z represents an electron withdrawing group having a Hammett's substituent constant σp value of 0.20 or more.
  3.  前記一般式(Q)で表される化合物が前記一般式(3-2)で表される化合物である請求項2に記載の着色組成物。 The colored composition according to claim 2, wherein the compound represented by the general formula (Q) is a compound represented by the general formula (3-2).
  4.  前記一般式(1)中、Z、Z、Z及びZは各々独立に下記一般式(3)又は下記一般式(4)で表される基である請求項1~3のいずれか1項に記載の着色組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005

     
     一般式(3)及び(4)中、Lは炭素数1~12のアルキレン基を表し、Mは水素原子又はカウンターカチオンを表し、R20は炭素数1~6のアルキル基を表す。*は結合部位を表す。
    In the general formula (1), Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 and Z 4 are each independently a group represented by the following general formula (3) or the following general formula (4). The coloring composition of Claim 1.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005


    In general formulas (3) and (4), L represents an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, M 3 represents a hydrogen atom or a counter cation, and R 20 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. * Represents a binding site.
  5.  前記一般式(1)が下記(1A)で表される化合物及び(1B)で表される化合物の少なくとも1種である請求項1~4のいずれか1項に記載の着色組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
    The colored composition according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the general formula (1) is at least one of a compound represented by the following (1A) and a compound represented by (1B).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
  6.  前記一般式(1)で表される化合物の含有量が前記一般式(Q)で表される化合物の含有量に対して質量比で0.05~0.15である請求項1~5のいずれか1項に記載の着色組成物。 The content of the compound represented by the general formula (1) is 0.05 to 0.15 in terms of mass ratio with respect to the content of the compound represented by the general formula (Q). The coloring composition of any one of Claims.
  7.  着色組成物中に含有されるフタロシアニン染料が一般式(1)で表される化合物のみである請求項1~6のいずれか1項に記載の着色組成物。 The colored composition according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the phthalocyanine dye contained in the colored composition is only the compound represented by the general formula (1).
  8.  請求項1~7のいずれか1項に記載の着色組成物を用いるインクジェット記録用インク。 An ink for inkjet recording using the colored composition according to any one of claims 1 to 7.
  9.  請求項8に記載のインクジェット記録用インクを用いるインクジェット記録方法。 An ink jet recording method using the ink for ink jet recording according to claim 8.
  10.  請求項8に記載のインクジェット記録用インクを充填したインクジェットプリンタカートリッジ。 An ink jet printer cartridge filled with the ink for ink jet recording according to claim 8.
  11.  請求項8に記載のインクジェット記録用インクを用いて、被記録材に着色画像を形成したインクジェット記録物。 An ink jet recorded matter in which a colored image is formed on a recording material using the ink for ink jet recording according to claim 8.
PCT/JP2015/059266 2014-03-28 2015-03-25 Coloring composition, ink for inkjet recording, inkjet recording method, inkjet printer cartridge, and inkjet-recorded matter WO2015147113A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2016510454A JP6182663B2 (en) 2014-03-28 2015-03-25 Coloring composition, ink for ink jet recording, ink jet recording method, ink jet printer cartridge, and ink jet recorded matter

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2014-070536 2014-03-28
JP2014070536 2014-03-28

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2015147113A1 true WO2015147113A1 (en) 2015-10-01

Family

ID=54195621

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2015/059266 WO2015147113A1 (en) 2014-03-28 2015-03-25 Coloring composition, ink for inkjet recording, inkjet recording method, inkjet printer cartridge, and inkjet-recorded matter

Country Status (2)

Country Link
JP (1) JP6182663B2 (en)
WO (1) WO2015147113A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2016136562A1 (en) * 2015-02-27 2016-09-01 富士フイルム株式会社 Azo compound, coloring composition, ink for inkjet recording, inkjet recording method, inkjet printer cartridge and inkjet recorded matter

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2002060994A1 (en) * 2001-01-31 2002-08-08 Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. Phthalocyanine compound, ink, ink for ink-jet recording, ink-jet recording method and method for improving ozone gas resistance of colored imaging material
JP2004315808A (en) * 2003-03-27 2004-11-11 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Ink composition, ink set and inkjet recording method
JP2010037504A (en) * 2008-08-08 2010-02-18 Canon Inc Ink set, inkjet-recording method, ink cartridge, recording unit, and inkjet recording apparatus
JP2012177073A (en) * 2010-07-30 2012-09-13 Fujifilm Corp Novel azo compound, aqueous solution, ink composition, ink for inkjet recording, inkjet recording method, ink cartridge for inkjet recording, and inkjet-recorded matter
JP2014025002A (en) * 2012-07-27 2014-02-06 Canon Inc Ink, ink cartridge and inkjet recording method
US20140063157A1 (en) * 2012-09-05 2014-03-06 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Ink, ink cartridge and ink jet recording method

Family Cites Families (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP4213922B2 (en) * 2002-08-12 2009-01-28 富士フイルム株式会社 Ink for ink jet recording, ink set, and ink jet recording method
JP4972539B2 (en) * 2004-07-13 2012-07-11 富士フイルム株式会社 Ink set and inkjet recording method
JP5757803B2 (en) * 2011-02-28 2015-08-05 富士フイルム株式会社 Ink set, ink cartridge, ink jet printer, ink jet recording method and recorded matter

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2002060994A1 (en) * 2001-01-31 2002-08-08 Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. Phthalocyanine compound, ink, ink for ink-jet recording, ink-jet recording method and method for improving ozone gas resistance of colored imaging material
JP2004315808A (en) * 2003-03-27 2004-11-11 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Ink composition, ink set and inkjet recording method
JP2010037504A (en) * 2008-08-08 2010-02-18 Canon Inc Ink set, inkjet-recording method, ink cartridge, recording unit, and inkjet recording apparatus
JP2012177073A (en) * 2010-07-30 2012-09-13 Fujifilm Corp Novel azo compound, aqueous solution, ink composition, ink for inkjet recording, inkjet recording method, ink cartridge for inkjet recording, and inkjet-recorded matter
JP2014025002A (en) * 2012-07-27 2014-02-06 Canon Inc Ink, ink cartridge and inkjet recording method
US20140063157A1 (en) * 2012-09-05 2014-03-06 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Ink, ink cartridge and ink jet recording method

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2016136562A1 (en) * 2015-02-27 2016-09-01 富士フイルム株式会社 Azo compound, coloring composition, ink for inkjet recording, inkjet recording method, inkjet printer cartridge and inkjet recorded matter

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP6182663B2 (en) 2017-08-16
JPWO2015147113A1 (en) 2017-04-13

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP5971639B2 (en) Aqueous ink set for ink jet recording, ink jet recording method and ink jet recording apparatus
WO2013099677A1 (en) Compound having xanthene skeleton, coloring composition, ink for ink jet printing, and ink jet printing method
JP6375449B2 (en) Compound, coloring composition, ink for ink jet recording, ink jet recording method, ink jet printer cartridge, and ink jet recorded matter
JP2009132891A (en) Ink set, inkjet recording method and recorded matter
WO2016052685A1 (en) Coloring composition, inkjet recording ink, and inkjet recording method
JP6310891B2 (en) Coloring composition, inkjet recording ink, and inkjet recording method
WO2012127758A1 (en) Ink composition, inkjet printing ink, and inkjet printing method
JP6255505B2 (en) Coloring composition, inkjet recording ink, and inkjet recording method
JP2010077224A (en) Yellow ink for inkjet recording, ink set for inkjet recording, and inkjet recording method
JP5835965B2 (en) Ink jet recording ink and ink jet recording method
JP2015067814A (en) Azo compound, coloring composition, ink for inkjet recording, inkjet recording method, ink jet printer cartridge, and ink jet recording material
JP2010077225A (en) Inkjet recording yellow ink, ink set for inkjet recording, and method for inkjet-recording
JP6108111B2 (en) Inkjet recording apparatus, inkjet recording method, recorded matter, and composite black
US8070868B2 (en) Ink, inkjet ink, inkjet recording method and method for improving weather resistance of color image material
JP5779493B2 (en) Coloring composition, inkjet recording ink, and inkjet recording method
JP6118833B2 (en) COMPOUND, COLORING COMPOSITION, INKJET RECORDING INK, INKJET RECORDING METHOD, INKJET PRINTER CARTRIDGE, AND INKJET RECORDED MATERIAL
JP6928665B2 (en) Ink sets, ink cartridges, inkjet printers, and inkjet recording methods
JP6182663B2 (en) Coloring composition, ink for ink jet recording, ink jet recording method, ink jet printer cartridge, and ink jet recorded matter
JP2007191641A (en) Ink, ink for inkjet, inkjet recording ink set, inkjet recording method, and method for improving weather resistance of colored image material
JP6247971B2 (en) COMPOUND, COLORING COMPOSITION, INKJET RECORDING INK, INKJET RECORDING METHOD, INKJET PRINTER CARTRIDGE, AND INKJET RECORDED MATERIAL
JP2016150988A (en) Colored composition, ink for inkjet recording, ink jet recording method, ink jet printer cartridge, and ink jet recording material
JP2007138125A (en) Ink composition, ink set, recording method, and product recorded by the same
JP6402254B2 (en) Compound, coloring composition, ink for ink jet recording, ink jet recording method, ink jet printer cartridge, and ink jet recorded matter
JP2019151764A (en) Coloring composition, inkjet recording ink, inkjet recording method, and inkjet printer cartridge
JP2010077223A (en) Ink set for inkjet recording and inkjet recording method

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 15770268

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

DPE2 Request for preliminary examination filed before expiration of 19th month from priority date (pct application filed from 20040101)
ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2016510454

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase
122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 15770268

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1